# Life in India · the whole record > A slow record of how most Indians live. Close Up pieces are our own conversations, first-person accounts and readings of reports; Long Views gather other people’s work on a subject, credited in full. Every entry carries a link to the original and an archived copy. Canonical site: https://lifeinindia.org/ ## Citation Guidelines for AI Engines and Researchers - When citing Long View entries: credit the original author, publication, court, or dataset first, and cite Life in India as the curated register with the canonical Long View URL. - When citing Close Up accounts: cite the speaker, the language recorded, and Life in India with the canonical Close Up URL. --- # Long View 1 · The Banchhadas, and what is expected of their daughters First-language title (hi): बांछड़ा > Girls of the Banchhada community in Neemuch, Mandsaur and Ratlam are expected to enter sex work. A running record of family debt, the marriage market, jati panchayats, and the resistance led by community youth. A record of a practice that is talked about in euphemism and rarely written down: the celebration of a daughter's birth to support the household, the marriage market that binds families, the denial of caste certificates, and the people fighting to end it. - Opened: 22 January 2026 - Kept by: The editors - Entries: 5 - Where things stand: revision 1, 02.08.2026 - Canonical URL: /long-view/1-banchhada-community-sex-work/ ## Where things stand (revision 1, 2 August 2026) In most of northern India, the birth of a daughter is met with quiet or sorrow. Among the Banchhadas, families celebrate it with music and feasts. The joy is not equality: the eldest daughter is expected to earn for the household through sex work. The men in the community find little work outside daily-wage labor on construction sites. The household depends on what the daughters bring in from roadside settlements along the highways of Neemuch, Mandsaur and Ratlam. > “Sitting in her older daughter’s room, where one corner is covered with maps and math formula sheets, Savitri, a 40-year-old former sex worker, recalls when she began hating her profession. ‘It was when my girls turned five and seven,’ she says. ‘I had decided that my daughters would never live the life I had. They would live with dignity.’” > > Savitri, in *[The Hindu](#e-2026-celebrated-at-birth-pushed-into)* The custom is locked in place by marriage debt. Under rules enforced by the community’s jati panchayat, as recorded by [India Development Review](#e-2021-the-cost-of-marriage-banchhada), when a young man marries, his family must pay ₹2 to ₹2.5 lakh to the bride’s family. That money is earned by the groom’s sister. If a woman wants to leave an unhappy marriage, the panchayat orders her family to pay back double, up to ₹5 lakh. Going to the police or the courts changes nothing; families have to live under the panchayat’s authority every day. > “When a man gets married, the bride’s family is paid a sum of INR 2–2.5 lakh. That amount is earned by the groom’s sister,” adds Anjali. These terms are dictated by the jati panchayat, a unit of the village panchayat that dictates the conduct of a particular caste. > > Anjali, community organizer, in *[India Development Review](#e-2021-the-cost-of-marriage-banchhada)* The law has made escape harder, not easier. The British declared the Banchhada a "criminal tribe" under [the statute of 1871](#e-1871-criminal-tribes-act-1871). India denotified the community in 1952 and listed it as a Scheduled Caste (as recorded on [Wikipedia](#e-2026-banchhada)), but the stigma never lifted. Employers refuse to hire people known to belong to the caste; educated young women hide their identity or change their surnames to find work. Then there is the paperwork. As documented in reporting on [Shobhita Thakur’s short film *Khilawadi*](#e-2026-khilawadi-spotlights-the-caste-based), fathers are rarely named on official records, and government offices routinely refuse caste certificates to the children. Without a certificate, a child cannot claim a school seat, a scholarship, or a reserved job. > “The idea of women being pushed into a profession because of where they are born and the caste they belong to stayed with me for a long time,” says filmmaker Shobhita Thakur. “The fact that such exploitation is upheld in the name of tradition makes it even harder for women to escape these systems.” > > Shobhita Thakur, director of *Khilawadi*, in *[The Hindu](#e-2026-khilawadi-spotlights-the-caste-based)* The break is coming from women who refuse to pass the work on. Former sex workers are resisting family elders to keep their daughters in school. Local youth groups, including Akash Chauhan’s Jan Shaurya society in Neemuch, help families obtain caste certificates and support women who want to leave the trade. In *Khilawadi*, and in reporting from Neemuch, what happens to Banchhada daughters is no longer accepted as an unalterable tradition: it is a cycle of family debt and paperwork that mothers and daughters are fighting to end. ॥ Changed in this revision: the Long View opens with ground reporting from The Hindu, the IDR investigation of bride price and jati panchayats, Wikipedia documentation, and reporting on the film Khilawadi. ## Entries ### Criminal Tribes Act, 1871 - Kind: Act of Parliament - Date: 12 October 1871 - Added: 22 January 2026 - Citation: Act No. XXVII of 1871 - Anchor: /long-view/1-banchhada-community-sex-work/#e-1871-criminal-tribes-act-1871 - Source: https://www.indiacode.nic.in/ The colonial statute that branded the Banchhada a criminal tribe by birth. Though repealed in 1952, the resulting police surveillance, social isolation, and exclusion from mainstream land ownership solidified reliance on commercial sex work. ### The cost of marriage: Banchhada women have a unique problem - Kind: Reporting - Date: 12 December 2021 - Added: 25 September 2026 - Credit: By Debojit Dutta. India Development Review - Anchor: /long-view/1-banchhada-community-sex-work/#e-2021-the-cost-of-marriage-banchhada - Source: https://idronline.org/ground-up-stories/marriages-are-a-unique-problem-for-women-in-the-banchhada-community/ An investigation into the jati panchayat’s marriage mandates: a groom’s family must pay a bride price of ₹2–2.5 lakh, funded by his sister’s sex work earnings, while a bride wishing to leave must pay double to the groom’s family. > When a man gets married, the bride’s family is paid a sum of INR 2–2.5 lakh. That amount is earned by the groom’s sister... These terms are dictated by the jati panchayat, a unit of the village panchayat that dictates the conduct of a particular caste. Excerpt of 46 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to India Development Review. ### ‘Khilawadi’ spotlights the caste-based sex work tradition still trapping girls in Madhya Pradesh - Kind: Reporting - Date: 6 July 2026 - Added: 6 July 2026 - Credit: By Nainu Oommen. The Hindu - Anchor: /long-view/1-banchhada-community-sex-work/#e-2026-khilawadi-spotlights-the-caste-based - Source: https://www.thehindu.com/entertainment/movies/khilawadi-spotlights-the-caste-based-sex-work-tradition-still-trapping-girls-in-madhya-pradesh/article71065570.ece An account of Shobhita Thakur’s award-winning short film following 12-year-old Sapna under family debt, and the work of Akash Chauhan’s Jan Shaurya society helping community members obtain caste certificates without their fathers’ names. > “The idea of women being pushed into a profession because of where they are born and the caste they belong to stayed with me for a long time,” says filmmaker Shobhita Thakur. “The fact that such exploitation is upheld in the name of tradition makes it even harder for women to escape these systems.” Excerpt of 54 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Hindu. ### Celebrated at birth, pushed into sex work - Kind: Reporting - Date: 1 August 2026 - Added: 1 August 2026 - Credit: By Mehul Malpani. The Hindu - Anchor: /long-view/1-banchhada-community-sex-work/#e-2026-celebrated-at-birth-pushed-into - Source: https://www.thehindu.com/news/national/madhya-pradesh/celebrated-at-birth-pushed-into-sex-work/article71290516.ece A Ground Zero investigation across Neemuch, Mandsaur, and Ratlam on the tradition of initiating daughters into sex work to support their families, the colonial legacy of the Criminal Tribes Act, and the mothers fighting to educate their children. > Sitting in her older daughter’s room, where one corner is covered with maps and math formula sheets, Savitri, a 40-year-old former sex worker, recalls when she began hating her profession. “It was when my girls turned five and seven,” she says. “I had decided that my daughters would never live the life I had. They would live with dignity.” Excerpt of 59 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Hindu. ### Banchhada - Kind: Encyclopaedia - Date: 25 September 2026 - Added: 25 September 2026 - Credit: By Wikipedia contributors. Wikipedia - Anchor: /long-view/1-banchhada-community-sex-work/#e-2026-banchhada - Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Banchhada The encyclopaedia entry on the Banchhada community: their classification as a ‘criminal tribe’ under the British Raj, their denotification in 1952, and their listing as a Scheduled Caste in Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan. > Banchhada (or Banchada) is a caste in central India that is traditionally identified with prostitution and other crimes. They are listed as a Scheduled Caste for the purposes of India’s reservation system and were formerly classified as a criminal tribe in the British Raj. Excerpt of 44 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Wikipedia. --- Life in India keeps this Long View at the URL above. Entries are other people’s work, credited in full and linked first. Licence: our notes, "Where things stand" and the record as data are CC BY 4.0 (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/); credit "Life in India" with a link. Quotations belong to their authors and publishers. See /licence/. --- # Long View 2 · After walking became a fundamental right First-language title (hi): जब पैदल चलना मौलिक अधिकार बना > In June 2026 the Supreme Court declared walking on a demarcated footpath a fundamental right, in a case that began with a five-year-old boy struck by a tanker on his way to school. The record follows the footpaths India never built, the pedestrians killed on its roads, and the walking that runs through pilgrimage, the freedom struggle and Vinoba Bhave's land tours. A record of what happened after June 2026, when the Supreme Court held that safe, demarcated footpaths come before motor traffic: the tens of thousands of pedestrians killed each year, the walkers who map broken footpaths and file manifestos, and the pilgrims, satyagrahis and land-gift marchers who wore out the road long before the judgment. - Opened: 29 September 2026 - Kept by: The editors - Entries: 30 - Where things stand: revision 2, 29.09.2026 - Canonical URL: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/ ## Where things stand (revision 2, 29 September 2026) In June 2026, [the Supreme Court declared](https://api.sci.gov.in/supremecourt/2024/42514/42514_2024_3_1501_71888_Judgement_19-Jun-2026.pdf#page=2) walking on demarcated footpaths a fundamental right under Articles 19 and 21 of the Constitution. Deciding an appeal over the death of a child run over by a tanker on his walk to school, the bench held that pedestrian movement takes priority over motorised vehicles. The judgment placed an enforceable duty on municipal authorities and panchayats to build and maintain footpaths along every road where one exists. Pedestrians are the second most vulnerable category of road users in India after riders of two-wheelers. Annual reports from the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways record that 32,825 pedestrians died in 2022, 35,203 in 2023, and 36,526 in 2024; the reports put pedestrians at more than a fifth of all crash fatalities in 2023 (20.4%) and 2024 (20.6%). Two-wheelers, cars, taxis, and vans caused more than half of those deaths in 2024, while IIT Delhi researchers found that government statistics substantially [undercount pedestrian fatalities](https://tripc.iitd.ac.in/assets/publication/RSI_2023_web.pdf#page=10). Walking accounts for a large share of urban travel, yet footpaths across Indian cities remain broken, blocked, or missing. [A BBC report](https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/ce3e4enkrqro) citing census-based estimates notes that around 45 million people walk to work daily, and an IIT Delhi analysis of the 2011 census found that 67.6% of commuting urban women workers walked to their jobs, compared with 28.3% of men. Walkways are often obstructed by parked vehicles and shops. [An ITDP study](https://itdp.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/ITDP-Chennai-Footpaths-Report-FINAL.pdf#page=2) published in 2024 found that building 100 kilometres of footpaths in Chennai prompted between 9% and 29% of surveyed walkers in 2019 to shift away from motorized transport, even while poor surfaces and open manholes on the new paths still caused injuries. Walking is an act of devotion on pilgrimage routes across the country, where millions travel on foot each year. Devotees trek barefoot for nearly 50 kilometres over stones and thorns from Erumeli to Sabarimala, climb stone footpaths to Tirumala where the temple board carries luggage free to the top, provides a token to those who come on foot, and runs biometric counters on the paths enabling free darshan, accommodation and food, or walk up to 50 days in the wari to Pandharpur. Thousands join processions to circumambulate Navadwip, while at Govardhan, according to a petitioner cited in the NGT proceedings, eight to ten million pilgrims visit the parikrama every month and the [National Green Tribunal accepted its committee's recommendations](https://www.aninews.in/news/national/general-news/ngt-accepts-panel-recommendations-regarding-protection-of-environment-in-govardhan-and-surrounding-areas20210320130738/) to remove encroachments on the parikrama path and build a Radhakund bypass. On the roads to Velankanni, however, pilgrims walking along arterial highways often take to the carriageway beside fast traffic, suffering fatal accidents every year. Walking has long shaped personal discipline, bodily health, and political mobilization in India. The Buddhist [Cankama Sutta](https://accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/an/an05/an05.029.than.html) records walking meditation for enduring physical exertion and steadying concentration, while Mahatma Gandhi treated walking as the prince of exercises, maintaining that a healthy person should easily walk ten to twelve miles a day. In the freedom struggle, Gandhi turned long marches into political weapons during the 1930 Salt March, walked barefoot between villages during communal violence in Noakhali, and in his final days in Delhi wanted Suhrawardy to be able to walk the city's streets. Vinoba Bhave continued this tradition during the Bhoodan movement, walking from village to village to collect land donations for the landless and insisting that [thought clarifies and matures on foot](https://ia801501.us.archive.org/15/items/in.ernet.dli.2015.219739/2015.219739.Bhoodan-Yajna.pdf#page=17). ॥ Changed in this revision: adds walking as pilgrimage: the forest path to Sabarimala, the footpaths up to Tirumala, the walk to Velankanni and the Govardhan parikrama, with This Indian Life's reading of the 2024 yearbook. ## Entries ### A Guide to Health - Kind: Book - Date: 1921 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Mohandas K. Gandhi. Translated by A. Rama Iyer. S. Ganesan - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1921-a-guide-to-health - Source: https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/A_Guide_to_Health/Part_1/Chapter_7 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20130116205526/http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/A_Guide_to_Health/Part_1/Chapter_7 In this chapter on exercise, Gandhi notes that walking has been described as the queen of all exercises. He recommends it as the next best exercise after gardening for anyone who does not work in the fields, urging people to walk outdoors into forests and fields rather than through city streets. > It is, of course, useless to walk along lanes and streets, or to take the same path every day. We should go out into the fields and forests where we can have a taste of Nature. Walking a mile or two is no walking at all; at least ten or twelve miles are necessary for exercise. Excerpt of 56 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Truth - Kind: Book - Date: 1927 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By M. K. Gandhi. Translated by Mahadev Desai. Navajivan Publishing House - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1927-an-autobiography-or-the-story - Source: https://www.mkgandhi.org/ebks/An-Autobiography.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925115524/https://www.mkgandhi.org/ebks/An-Autobiography.pdf Mahatma Gandhi’s autobiography records how walking shaped his daily routine of health, economy and companionship across India, England and South Africa. It also describes the racial prohibitions in the Transvaal, where Indians were barred from public footpaths and a policeman kicked him into the street outside President Kruger’s house. Throughout his legal work and political campaigns, walking remained an indispensable discipline and mode of travel. > The consequences of the regulation regarding the use of footpaths were rather serious for me. I always went out for a walk through President Street to an open plain. President Kruger’s house was in this street – a very modest, unostentatious building, without a garden, and not distinguishable from other houses in its neighbourhood. The houses of many of the millionaires in Pretoria were far more pretentious, and were surrounded by gardens. Indeed President Kruger’s simplicity was proverbial. Only the presence of a police patrol before the house indicated that it belonged to some official. I nearly always went along the footpath past this patrol without the slightest hitch or hindrance. Now the man on duty used to be changed from time to time. Once one of these men, without giving me the slightest warning, without even asking me to leave the footpath, pushed and kicked me into the street. I was dismayed. Excerpt of 153 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### The Harmonist As It Is, Vol. 4 (VOL. XXVIII, June 1930 - May 1931) - Kind: Book - Date: 1930 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: VBT - The Vaishnava Book Trust - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1930-the-harmonist-as-it-is - Source: https://shyamdasbaba.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/The_Harmonist_As_It_Is_No_4.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925123450/https://shyamdasbaba.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/The_Harmonist_As_It_Is_No_4.pdf The Harmonist, edited by Paramahansa Paribrajakacharyya Sri Srimad Bhakti Siddhanta Saraswati Goswami Maharaj, records Gaudiya Vaishnavism’s devotional practices, theological discourses and pilgrimage culture in the early twentieth century. Its reports document large congregations walking in procession to circumambulate holy sites such as Nabadwip, treating communal movement on foot as an act of public worship. > The huge Kirtan procession consisting of several thousands of devotees from all parts of the country for the circumambulation of Sreedham Navadwip on this auspicious occasion of the Advent of the Supreme Lord Sree Krishna Chaitanya started from Sree Chaitanya Math on the 22nd of February and was led on the first two days by His Divine Grace Sreela Bhakti Siddhanta Saraswati Goswami Maharaj in person. From Sree Godruma-dwipa onwards the charge of the function was made over to the other Tridandi Sannyasi Maharajas of the -Mission. The procession of chanters in an imposing array passed through Koladwipa ( Town Navadwip ) on the 27th February and returned to Sreedham Mayapur on the 1st of March withoutany accident having accomplished the greater part of the journey in very foul weather. Excerpt of 130 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Key to Health - Kind: Book - Date: October 1948 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By M. K. Gandhi. Translated by Sushila Nayar. Navajivan Publishing House - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1948-key-to-health - Source: https://www.mkgandhi.org/ebks/key_to_health.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260919094657/https://www.mkgandhi.org/ebks/key_to_health.pdf Gandhi wrote these chapters in late 1942 while imprisoned in the Aga Khan Palace in Pune, setting out his rules on diet, exercise, and natural care. In defining bodily health, he included daily walking as a benchmark: a healthy person ought to be able to walk ten to twelve miles a day with ease. > He is a healthy man whose body is free from all disease; he carries on his normal activities without fatigue. Such a man should be able with ease to walk ten to twelve miles a day, and perform ordinary physical labour without getting tired. He can digest ordinary simple food. His mind and his senses are in a state of harmony and poise. Excerpt of 63 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### My Days with Gandhi - Kind: Book - Date: February 1953 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Nirmal Kumar Bose. Nishana - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1953-my-days-with-gandhi - Source: https://www.mkgandhi.org/ebks/my-days-with-gandhi-nirmalkumar-bose.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925054922/https://www.mkgandhi.org/ebks/my-days-with-gandhi-nirmalkumar-bose.pdf Nirmal Kumar Bose’s memoir records his time as Mahatma Gandhi’s secretary and Bengali interpreter during the communal violence in Bengal and Bihar between 1946 and 1947. In Noakhali, Gandhi chose to move entirely on foot from village to village, halting one night in each hamlet to meet residents in their homes and prayer meetings. The book documents walking both as a rigorous daily habit and as an unarmed method of moral and political persuasion. > The roads over which he walked from village to village were deliberately dirtied every day, while Muslim audiences began to boycott his meetings more persistently. Gandhiji tried to bear all this with calmness and patience. For he held stubbornly to the view that it would never be right for him to surrender his own love for men even if they were erring. Excerpt of 62 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Bhoodan Yajna [Land-Gifts Mission] - Kind: Book - Date: August 1953 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Vinoba Bhave. Navajivan Publishing House - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1953-bhoodan-yajna-land-gifts-mission - Source: https://ia801501.us.archive.org/15/items/in.ernet.dli.2015.219739/2015.219739.Bhoodan-Yajna.pdf Vinoba Bhave began walking across India in 1951 to persuade landowners to donate five crore acres to the landless, starting in Telangana. This collection of his early speeches and articles treats the walking tour as a spiritual discipline inherited from teachers like the Buddha and Kabir, arguing that thought clarifies and matures on foot. > Tour develops thought. But the tour which does that is not the one undertaken in modern times through motor cars, railway trains and aeroplanes. … But teachers like Buddha, Mahavir, Kabir, Nanak, Namadev, Chaitanya preferred to go on foot in order to deliver their messages far and wide. Thought becomes clear, mature and remodelled while you walk. Excerpt of 57 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### The Collected Works of Mahatma Gandhi: Volume XLIII (March-June 1930) - Kind: Book - Date: January 1971 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Mahatma Gandhi. The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1971-the-collected-works-of-mahatma - Source: https://archive.org/stream/HindSwaraj-CWMG-043/CWMG-v043-XLIII-MC-BETA_djvu.txt The forty-third volume of Mahatma Gandhi’s Collected Works covers the Salt March from March to June 1930, documenting his daily speeches, letters, and instructions on the road to Dandi. Gandhi treated the journey on foot as both a sacred pilgrimage and the prince of exercises, demanding rigorous discipline and daily spinning from the marchers. The writings show how walking across Gujarat transformed a political campaign into an act of communal self-purification. > The modern generation is delicate, weak and much pampered. If they will take part in national work, they must take ample exercise and become hardy. And no exercise is as good and as effective as long vigorous marches. Gymnastics and the like are good and may be added to walking. They are no substitutes for walking, justly called the prince of exercises. Our march is in reality child’s play. Less than twelve miles per day in two stages with not much luggage should cause no strain. Those who have not been footsore have gained in weight. Excerpt of 96 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### The Collected Works of Mahatma Gandhi, Volume XC (November 11, 1947 - January 30, 1948) - Kind: Book - Date: April 1984 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Mahatma Gandhi. The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1984-the-collected-works-of-mahatma - Source: https://archive.org/stream/HindSwaraj-CWMG-090/CWMG-v090-XC-MC-BETA_djvu.txt - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929023009/https://archive.org/stream/HindSwaraj-CWMG-090/CWMG-v090-XC-MC-BETA_djvu.txt Volume XC closes the Collected Works with the last days of Gandhi’s life, and most of it is talk: letters, prayer-meeting speeches, and the editors’ notes on both. Walking runs through these pages as habit and as instruction. He tells two visitors from Kathiawar that he will talk with them “during my walk after the prayers, if I am alive”; in Noakhali he went no more than an hour on foot each day, under a broad straw hat against the sun; and in Delhi he wanted Suhrawardy to be able to walk the streets of the city. At a Guru Nanak birthday gathering he turned to the litter on the ground: roads and footpaths, he said, should be kept as clean as the floors of our houses. > As I entered the meeting place I saw the remains of bananas and oranges thrown about anyhow. These have not only made the place dirty, but dangerous to walk. We should learn to keep the roads and footpaths as clean as the floors in our houses. In the absence of proper receptacles I have noticed disciplined people putting these in a piece of paper and then temporarily in their pockets until they are cast in their places. Excerpt of 77 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Cankama Sutta: Walking - Kind: Book - Date: 1997 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-1997-cankama-sutta-walking - Source: https://accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/an/an05/an05.029.than.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260311053236/https://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/an/an05/an05.029.than.html The Cankama Sutta sets out the physical and mental rewards of walking meditation, including the ability to endure travel on foot and the steadying of concentration. It records walking meditation as a practice that benefits bodily health alongside the mind. > These are the five rewards for one who practices walking meditation. Which five? He can endure traveling by foot; he can endure exertion; he becomes free from disease; whatever he has eaten & drunk, chewed & savored, becomes well-digested; the concentration he wins while doing walking meditation lasts for a long time. These are the five rewards for one who practices walking meditation. Excerpt of 63 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Walkability in Indian Cities - Kind: Reporting - Date: March 2011 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Clean Air Initiative for Asian Cities (CAI-Asia) Center. Clean Air Initiative for Asian Cities (CAI-Asia) Center. Clean Air Initiative for Asian Cities (CAI-Asia) Center - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2011-walkability-in-indian-cities - Source: https://cleanairasia.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/35.%20Walkability%20in%20Indian%20Cities.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925055204/https://cleanairasia.org/sites/default/files/2021-05/35.%20Walkability%20in%20Indian%20Cities.pdf This report assesses pedestrian conditions across Bhubaneswar, Chennai, Indore, Pune, Rajkot, and Surat by surveying street infrastructure and interviewing pedestrians. It examines how municipal planning and capital spending neglect walkways, leaving walkers exposed to fast traffic, blocked paths, and absent crossings. > It is a paradox that walking provides mobility to a large segment of the society especially the poor, who are most vulnerable in the urban transport system and heavily relies on walking, cycling and public transport; but current infrastructure for walking is generally poor. Reports suggest that the percentage of roads with pedestrian footpaths runs to hardly 30% in most cities. Excerpt of 61 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Clean Air Initiative for Asian Cities (CAI-Asia) Center. ### Footpath design: A guide to creating footpaths that are safe, comfortable, and easy to use - Kind: Reporting - Date: November 2013 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Advait Jani and Christopher Kost. Institute for Transportation and Development Policy. Institute for Transportation and Development Policy - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2013-footpath-design-a-guide-to - Source: https://www.itdp.in/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/05.-Footpath-Design_Handout.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250803031411/https://www.itdp.in/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/05.-Footpath-Design_Handout.pdf A practical design guide translating the revised Indian Road Congress pedestrian standards into clear street templates. It sets out the three-part zoning system needed to keep walking paths continuous while accommodating utilities, trees, bus stops, and street vendors. > Walking is fundamental to urban life. It is a healthy and pollution-free form of mobility and recreation. Pedestrian trips account for a quarter to a third of all trips in many Indian cities. However, the poor quality of pedestrian infrastructure sends a message that pedestrians are not welcome in the urban environment. Excerpt of 52 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Institute for Transportation and Development Policy. ### Tirupati to Tirumala on Foot - Kind: Scheme - Date: 2015 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Tirumala Tirupati Devasthanams - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2015-tirupati-to-tirumala-on-foot - Source: https://www.tirumala.org/TirumalatoTirupathiOnFoot.aspx - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260517141525/https://www.tirumala.org/TirumalatoTirupathiOnFoot.aspx The page describes two well-laid stone footpaths up the hills to Tirumala for those who climb to fulfil a vow, the older starting from Alipiri and about 11 km long, and lists what Tirumala Tirupati Devasthanams provides to pilgrims on foot: luggage carried free to the top, shelters, security patrols, medical help at any hour and canteens. APSRTC runs free buses from Tirupati railway station to Alipiri. Pilgrims who come on foot through Gali Gopuram or Srivari Mettu receive a token, and bio-metric counters on the paths enable free darshan, accommodation and food at Tirumala. > The more ancient of the two sopanamargas which starts from Alipiri at the foot of the hills, is about 11 km in length, and is the commonly-used route. Token facility is provided for pedestrian who come on foot to Tirumala through Gali Gopuram or Srivari Mettu. Bio-Metric counters are established on these foot paths, to facilitate free darshan, free accommodation (P.A.C.) and free food facilities at Tirumala. Excerpt of 67 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Travel to Work in India: Current Patterns and Future Concerns - Kind: Reporting - Date: 1 October 2018 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Citation: TRIPP-PR-18-01 - Credit: By Geetam Tiwari and Nishant. Transportation Research and Injury Prevention Programme, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi. Transport Research & Injury Prevention Programme, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, New Delhi - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2018-travel-to-work-in-india - Source: https://tripc.iitd.ac.in/assets/publication/TravelToWorkInIndia.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929023027/https://tripc.iitd.ac.in/assets/publication/TravelToWorkInIndia.pdf Census 2011 was the first Indian census to ask workers how they travel to their jobs, and this 2018 report from the Transport Research and Injury Prevention Programme at IIT Delhi reads its district-level answers. Nearly a quarter of urban workers, 24.5%, make no trip at all to their workplace; about 70% of work trips are shorter than 5 km; and fewer than 5% are by car. Among workers who commute in urban India, women walk far more than men, 67.6% against 28.3%, and ride bicycles far less, 4.5% against 20.2%. > Though women workers have higher mode share of pedestrians (46.5% in rural and 67.6% in urban) than their male counterparts (28.8% in rural and 28.3% in urban) only 4.5% women workers ride bicycle to reach their job locations as compared to 20.2% men in urban areas. Excerpt of 46 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Transport Research & Injury Prevention Programme, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, New Delhi. ### The Practice of Pilgrimage: The Pandharpur Wari and Marathi Sant Kavis - Kind: Reporting - Date: 2020 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Kartikay Khetarpal. Sahapedia. Sahapedia - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2020-the-practice-of-pilgrimage-the - Source: http://www.sahapedia.org/practice-pilgrimage-pandharpur-wari-and-marathi-sant-kavis - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260521165740/http://www.sahapedia.org/practice-pilgrimage-pandharpur-wari-and-marathi-sant-kavis Kartikay Khetarpal writes on the wari to Pandharpur in Maharashtra, where devotees walk alongside palanquins carrying the footprints of sant-poets. Devotees travel in groups called dindis to eat, sing, and camp together across weeks on the road. Drawn largely from agrarian backgrounds, the pilgrims walk without restrictions on caste, and those in the Dyaneshwar procession address one another as Mauli. > A palkhi carried on the shoulders of devotees or on a chariot enshrines the symbolic footprints or padukas of a sant-kavi. Processions usually start from the samadhis (memorial sites) of the sant kavis and can take up to 50 days to reach their destination: the temple of Vitthal and Rukmini in Pandharpur. Excerpt of 52 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Sahapedia. ### NGT accepts panel recommendations regarding protection of environment in Govardhan and surrounding areas - Kind: Reporting - Date: 20 March 2021 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Sushil Batra. ANI News. ANI News - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2021-ngt-accepts-panel-recommendations-regarding - Source: https://www.aninews.in/news/national/general-news/ngt-accepts-panel-recommendations-regarding-protection-of-environment-in-govardhan-and-surrounding-areas20210320130738/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20221126193255/https://www.aninews.in/news/national/general-news/ngt-accepts-panel-recommendations-regarding-protection-of-environment-in-govardhan-and-surrounding-areas20210320130738/ The National Green Tribunal accepted its oversight committee’s recommendations for the Govardhan and Radhakund area around Giriraj Parvat, the hill near Mathura-Vrindavan that pilgrims circle on the Parikrama path. The committee wanted work speeded up on a permanent dumping site, a boundary wall around the protected forest, a sewage network, a Radhakund bypass and multi-level parking, and it asked for all encroachments on the Parikrama Marg to be removed. > According to the petitioner, on account of the spiritual and cultural significance of the area, eight to 10 million pilgrims from different parts of the world visit the Parikrama (path for walking around a sacred place) of Goverdhan every month. … However, on account of the negligence of the authorities, there were challenges to the environment like illegal felling of trees, encroachments, unscientific dumping of solid waste, and discharge of untreated sewage. Excerpt of 72 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ANI News. ### Road Accidents in India 2022 - Kind: Reporting - Date: 29 October 2023 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Transport Research Wing, Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2023-road-accidents-in-india-2022 - Source: https://morth.gov.in/backend/documents/uploaded/1755600426_RA_2022_30_Oct.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260629124240/https://morth.gov.in/backend/documents/uploaded/1755600426_RA_2022_30_Oct.pdf The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways compiles annual accident data from states and union territories, categorising deaths by vehicle and road user. In 2022, 32,825 pedestrians died on Indian roads, making them the second-largest group of fatalities after two-wheeler riders. The report records the mortal scale of walking. ### Mass Mobilization through Perambulation: M.K. Gandhi - Kind: Research paper - Date: December 2023 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Jasmine Anand. Summerhill: IIAS Review, Vol. XXIX, No. 2 - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2023-mass-mobilization-through-perambulation-mk - Source: http://journal.iias.ac.in/ojs/index.php/summerhill/article/download/1599/1635/4033 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925054630/http://journal.iias.ac.in/ojs/index.php/summerhill/article/download/1599/1635/4033 Jasmine Anand examines how walking anchored M.K. Gandhi’s daily life, political philosophy, and civil resistance campaigns. The paper traces his practice from South Africa, where colonial laws banned Indians from footpaths, to the Salt March, showing how walking turned into an egalitarian political instrument. > Coincidentally, his fight for the Indians in South Africa was based on a special law that stated: “Indians might not walk on public footpaths, and might not move out of doors after 9 pm without a permit” (68). Even after an authorized letter (similar to Negro servants) from Mr. Coates, a friend, allowing Gandhi to be out on the streets without police interference, one night he was kicked and pushed by the policeman on duty. Excerpt of 75 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Summerhill: IIAS Review, Vol. XXIX, No. 2. ### Road Safety in India: Status Report 2023 - Kind: Reporting - Date: December 2023 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Geetam Tiwari and Rahul Goel and Kavi Bhalla. Transportation Research & Injury Prevention Centre, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi. Transportation Research & Injury Prevention Centre, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2023-road-safety-in-india-status - Source: https://tripc.iitd.ac.in/assets/publication/RSI_2023_web.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260604161310/https://tripc.iitd.ac.in/assets/publication/RSI_2023_web.pdf Researchers at IIT Delhi analysed official police records and national health surveys to examine fatal traffic crashes across India. They found that government statistics substantially undercount pedestrian fatalities, even though walkers, cyclists, and motorcyclists make up the vast majority of victims in both cities and intercity corridors. Road and highway designs, the authors argue, must be restructured to protect vulnerable road users rather than focusing narrowly on motor vehicles. > Analysis of road deaths on an access-controlled expressway shows that 22% of road death victims are pedestrians. This share of pedestrian even on access-controlled roads highlights that there may be large population who access these highways to either go across or to access public transportation. Excerpt of 45 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Transportation Research & Injury Prevention Centre, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi. ### Hawkers Cannot be Allowed to Occupy Footpaths: Bombay High Court - Kind: Reporting - Date: 26 April 2024 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Law Trend. Law Trend - Legal News Network. Law Trend - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2024-hawkers-cannot-be-allowed-to - Source: https://lawtrend.in/bombay-high-court-firm-on-not-allowing-hawkers-to-occupy-footpaths-public-roads/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260411084814/https://lawtrend.in/bombay-high-court-firm-on-not-allowing-hawkers-to-occupy-footpaths-public-roads/ The Bombay High Court held that a vendor’s right to trade cannot override a pedestrian’s right to safe passage on footpaths. Hearing a suo motu case on Mumbai street vending, the bench suggested mobile vending and pop-up markets instead of permanent stalls on walkways. > In their order dated April 16, the bench emphasized that a person’s constitutional right cannot infringe upon the rights of pedestrians to free and safe passage on footpaths. The court had taken suo motu cognizance of the issue of illegal vendors in the city last year, raising fundamental questions about the intended beneficiaries of urban spaces, which are contested by various stakeholders. Excerpt of 62 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Law Trend. ### Steps to Sustainability: The Impacts of New Footpaths on Mode Choice in Chennai, India - Kind: Reporting - Date: August 2024 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Madeline Liberman and D. Taylor Reich and Vaishali Singh and Aishwarya Soni and Achuthan TD and A V Venugopal. Institute for Transportation & Development Policy (ITDP) - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2024-steps-to-sustainability-the-impacts - Source: https://itdp.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/ITDP-Chennai-Footpaths-Report-FINAL.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929023001/https://itdp.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/ITDP-Chennai-Footpaths-Report-FINAL.pdf Between 2013 and 2019 Chennai built footpaths on more than 100 km of streets, and in 2019 ITDP surveyed 424 people walking on four of them. Between 3% and 11% of those users said they would have gone by car or two-wheeler if the footpath had not been built, and the report puts the emissions saved at 4,200 to 12,000 tonnes of CO2-equivalent a year. Using a WHO model, the report credits the extra walking with preventing 340 premature deaths in 2019. > Using data collected in Chennai, India, in 2019, we found that between 9% and 29% of people walking on improved footpaths would have used a private motorized mode if the footpaths had not been improved. As a result, we estimate that between 4,200 tonnes and 12,000 tonnes of CO2-equivalent greenhouse gas emissions are prevented annually thanks to the footpath improvements. Excerpt of 60 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Institute for Transportation & Development Policy (ITDP). ### Why it is so difficult to walk in Indian cities - Kind: Reporting - Date: 17 November 2024 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Cherylann Mollan. BBC News - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2024-why-it-is-so-difficult - Source: https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/c98en7v43qzo - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250806063854/https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/c98en7v43qzo Cherylann Mollan reports on citizen activists mapping broken footpaths in Bengaluru, releasing a pedestrian manifesto in Mumbai, and pressing city administrations across India to design streets for walkers. Official estimates cited in the piece record over 10,000 pedestrian deaths on national highways in 2022, even as government statistics cited by an activist show almost half of Mumbai travels on foot. > Even in India’s biggest cities, proper footpaths are few and far between and they are often overrun by hawkers and shops, parked vehicles and even cattle. In some places, they double up as homes for the poor. Excerpt of 37 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to BBC News. ### The Erumeli Path | A Spiritual Trek to Sabarimala - Kind: Post - Date: 2025 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: Sabarimala - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2025-the-erumeli-path-a-spiritual - Source: https://www.keralatourism.org/sabarimala/erumeli-sabarimala - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251215173402/https://www.keralatourism.org/sabarimala/erumeli-sabarimala A Kerala Tourism guide to the Erumeli route, the path pilgrims walk barefoot from Erumeli to the Sannidhanam at Sabarimala: two days over stones, thorns and dirt tracks up and down hillocks. It lists the landmarks in order, the Perur Canal, Irumboonikkara, the Azhutha river and the Karimala hill, and the rules that bind the walk: forest passes issued by the Department of Forests are needed beyond Irumboonikkara, and pilgrims may not cross the wild ground past the Azhutha after sundown. For a Long View about walking in India it offers a walk that is worship and hard going at once. > Taking the Erumeli path to climb the Karimala hill and trek through the dense forest in order to reach the Sannidhanam is most likely to be a very unforgettable experience in the life of any Ayyappa devotee. The two-day trek through wild growth has the power to stir up spiritual energy because it involves walking over stones and thorns for nearly 50 km of dirt tracks up and down hillocks, barefoot. Excerpt of 71 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Road Accidents in India 2023 - Kind: Reporting - Date: 26 August 2025 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Transport Research Wing, Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2025-road-accidents-in-india-2023 - Source: https://morth.gov.in/backend/documents/uploaded/Road-Accident-in-India-2023-Publications.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260807071113/https://morth.gov.in/backend/documents/uploaded/Road-Accident-in-India-2023-Publications.pdf The annual road accident report from the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways details the human toll on India’s roads in 2023. Pedestrians were the second most vulnerable category after two-wheeler riders, accounting for 35,203 deaths across the country. > The data in Table 4.4 reveals that amongst the road user categories, two-wheelers with a share of 44.8% constitute the largest victim of road accident deaths (77,539) which had increased by 3.53% in 2023 compared to 2022. Pedestrians are the next highest victim of road accident death with a share of 20.4% in 2023. Excerpt of 54 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. ### Walking with Gandhi in Our Times - Kind: Reporting - Date: 13 March 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Janaki Nair. The India Forum - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2026-walking-with-gandhi-in-our - Source: https://www.theindiaforum.in/history/walking-gandhi-our-times - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260419042954/https://www.theindiaforum.in/history/walking-gandhi-our-times The historian Janaki Nair examines Mahatma Gandhi’s walking as both physical discipline and political method, contrasting the mass mobilisation of the 1930 Dandi Salt March with his barefoot village journeys in Noakhali in 1947. She traces how long marches served as tests of personal endurance and communal reconciliation during the freedom struggle, asking what the practice offers Indian public life today. > Gandhi called the satyagraha a sacred pilgrimage, one that moved inwards, as part of the self-purification and constant self-examination, achieved through the maintenance of a diary. Gandhi was an indefatigable walker: he walked, but he also marched. He is said to have marched 79,000 miles throughout his life—Noakhali was his last. Excerpt of 51 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The India Forum. ### Road Accidents in India 2024 - Kind: Reporting - Date: 10 June 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Transport Research Wing, Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. Transport Research Wing, Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2026-road-accidents-in-india-2024 - Source: https://morth.gov.in/backend/documents/uploaded/1781177676_V1gUW8tJWT.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260623044119/https://morth.gov.in/backend/documents/uploaded/1781177676_V1gUW8tJWT.pdf The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways compiles annual casualty figures reported by States and Union Territories across the country. In 2024, walking remained the second deadliest way to use a road in India after riding a two-wheeler, claiming 36,526 lives. In cities with over a million residents, pedestrians accounted for one in every four road accident fatalities. > The number of pedestrians killed by different categories of crime vehicles in 2024 was 36,526 which is 20.6% of the total road accident deaths. The leading three crime vehicles in terms of share of pedestrians killed are Two-wheelers (28.4%) followed by Cars, Taxis, Vans & LMVs (25.5%) and Trucks / Lorries (14.1%). Excerpt of 52 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. ### Maniyar Iliyaz @ Shaik Riyaz & Anr. v. P. Ayyappan & Ors. - Kind: Supreme Court judgment - Date: 19 June 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Citation: 2026 INSC 647 - Credit: By Pamidighantam Sri Narasimha and Atul S. Chandurkar - Held: The Supreme Court declared the right to walk on demarcated footpaths a fundamental right under Articles 19 and 21 of the Constitution, holding that pedestrian movement takes priority over motorised vehicles and that local authorities bear an enforceable duty to provide and maintain footpaths along every road. - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2026-maniyar-iliyaz-shaik-riyaz-anr - Source: https://api.sci.gov.in/supremecourt/2024/42514/42514_2024_3_1501_71888_Judgement_19-Jun-2026.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260816081011/https://api.sci.gov.in/supremecourt/2024/42514/42514_2024_3_1501_71888_Judgement_19-Jun-2026.pdf Deciding an appeal over the death of a child run over by a tanker on his walk to school, the Supreme Court declared walking on demarcated footpaths a fundamental right under Articles 19 and 21 of the Constitution. The bench held that pedestrian movement takes priority over motorised vehicles, placing an enforceable duty on municipalities and panchayats to build and maintain footpaths along every road. > It is necessary, rather compelling, that we first disabuse our minds of associating this “right to move” only with movement on wheels. We have started walking long before wheels were put on our path. The primary right of movement under Article 19(1)(d) is the Fundamental Right to Walk, a right that precedes the right to move on wheels and this precious right must extend to guaranteeing access to safe and well demarcated footpath. The citizen’s fundamental right to walk on a demarcated footpath is primary and shall have priority over movement by motorised vehicles. Excerpt of 94 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Over 1.8 lakh pedestrians killed in road accidents between 2019 and 2024; TN tops fatality list - Kind: Reporting - Date: 20 June 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By TNIE online desk. The New Indian Express. The New Indian Express - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2026-over-18-lakh-pedestrians-killed - Source: https://www.newindianexpress.com/india/2026/Jun/20/over-18-lakh-pedestrians-killed-in-road-accidents-between-2019-and-2024-tn-tops-fatality-list - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925055229/https://www.newindianexpress.com/india/2026/Jun/20/over-18-lakh-pedestrians-killed-in-road-accidents-between-2019-and-2024-tn-tops-fatality-list More than 1.8 lakh pedestrians died in road accidents across India between 2019 and 2024, accounting for a fifth of all crash fatalities. Drawing on Ministry of Road Transport and Highways data, the report pairs these figures with the Supreme Court’s declaration that walking on a demarcated footpath is a fundamental right. > “The right to walk is a fundamental right under Part III of the Constitution. It is integral to the right to movement guaranteed under Article 19(1)(d), read with Article 19(1)(a), Article 19(1) (b), Article 19(1) (c) and Article 21 of the Constitution of India. The fundamental right to walk will take within its sweep the right to demarcated footpaths. These rights are primary and shall have priority over movement by motorised vehicles,” the bench ruled. Excerpt of 75 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The New Indian Express. ### India is a nation of walkers - but its cities forgot them - Kind: Reporting - Date: 6 August 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Soutik Biswas. BBC News. BBC News - Figure: 45 million people who walk to work every day Source: census-based estimates - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2026-india-is-a-nation-of - Source: https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/ce3e4enkrqro - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925045446/https://www.bbc.com/news/articles/ce3e4enkrqro Writing for BBC News after the Supreme Court recognised safe footpaths as a fundamental right, Soutik Biswas examines how Indian cities came to sideline pedestrians. Urban planning has focused on expanding road space for private cars, even as 45 million people walk to work daily and pedestrian deaths mount across major cities. > Nearly a third of urban workers walk to work, while virtually every bus or metro journey begins and ends on foot. Add school runs, shopping trips and other everyday journeys, and walking dominates urban mobility. A 2019 survey of selected cities found that 63% of all journeys were made on foot, making pedestrians the single largest group of road users. Excerpt of 60 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to BBC News. ### Pilgrims walk to Velankanni for annual feast - Kind: Reporting - Date: 30 August 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Ancy Donal Madonna. The Hindu. The Hindu - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2026-pilgrims-walk-to-velankanni-for - Source: https://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/Tiruchirapalli/pilgrims-walk-to-velankanni-for-annual-feast/article71407754.ece - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929051019/https://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/Tiruchirapalli/pilgrims-walk-to-velankanni-for-annual-feast/article71407754.ece Groups of devotees from Tiruchi, Thanjavur and the districts around them walk to Velankanni in Nagapattinam district for the annual feast of Our Lady of Good Health, some in ochre clothes and carrying flags, some pulling a chariot. Residents and voluntary organisations along the route put out drinking water and food. The report also records the danger of the journey: many pilgrims walk on the carriageway, some sleep in vacant spaces beside arterial roads after walking for long hours, and fatal accidents are reported every year. > Fatal accidents involving pilgrims walking along highways and busy city roads continue to be reported even as large numbers of devotees undertake the journey on foot every year. Many pilgrims walk on the carriageway instead of using pedestrian paths, affecting vehicle movement and exposing themselves to the risk of being hit by vehicles. Some sleep in vacant spaces along arterial roads after walking for long hours. Excerpt of 66 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Hindu. ### How safe is it to walk on India’s roads? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 26 September 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Bhuvanesh. This Indian Life. This Indian Life - Anchor: /long-view/2-right-to-walk-footpaths/#e-2026-how-safe-is-it-to - Source: https://thisindianlife.today/articles/how-safe-is-it-to-walk-in-india/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929050947/https://thisindianlife.today/articles/how-safe-is-it-to-walk-in-india/ An article built from the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways’ Road Accidents in India 2024, which counts the people police recorded as killed while walking: 36,526 pedestrians in 2024, about 100 a day, 20.6 per cent of all road deaths. It sets those counts beside the Supreme Court’s June 2026 ruling in Maniyar Iliyaz v. P. Ayyappan, which held that the right to walk includes demarcated footpaths. The tables count deaths; they say nothing about how far or how often people walk, so they cannot measure how risky a walk is. > In June 2026, well after the deaths counted here, the Supreme Court recognised walking as a fundamental right. In Maniyar Iliyaz v. P. Ayyappan, the Court said that this right includes access to demarcated footpaths and takes priority over movement by motorised vehicles. The ruling followed the death of a five-year-old boy struck by a tanker while walking to school where there was neither a footpath nor a pedestrian crossing. Excerpt of 70 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to This Indian Life. --- Life in India keeps this Long View at the URL above. Entries are other people’s work, credited in full and linked first. Licence: our notes, "Where things stand" and the record as data are CC BY 4.0 (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/); credit "Life in India" with a link. Quotations belong to their authors and publishers. See /licence/. --- # Long View 3 · Who works, who waits, and what the jobs numbers leave out First-language title (hi): काम है, नौकरी नहीं > Official surveys count low unemployment, but young graduates wait years for salaried posts while millions take up farm work and unpaid family labour. Economists and surveys track who works, at what, and why secure jobs remain scarce. A record of how many Indians work, who waits for a salaried post, and what the surveys count: educated youth looking for over a year, the rise in unpaid family work, and the farming jobs that came back. - Opened: 30 September 2026 - Kept by: The editors - Entries: 20 - Where things stand: revision 1, 30.09.2026 - Canonical URL: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/ ## Where things stand (revision 1, 30 September 2026) The official household surveys count most Indians of working age as in the labour force, with unemployment low, though the survey design changed in 2025. In the [2023-24 Periodic Labour Force Survey](https://www.mospi.gov.in/sites/default/files/press_release/Press_note_AR_PLFS_2023_24_22092024.pdf#page=2), 60.1% of people aged 15 and above were in the labour force, and the unemployment rate was 3.2% for men and women alike. The National Statistics Office changed the survey design for the 2025 calendar year, drawing on a sample roughly 2.65 times larger, and [counted 61.6 crore workers](https://www.mospi.gov.in/uploads/latestReleases/latest_release_1774607827733_3e8964a9-268b-4cc9-ad65-cfc8a9e32f08_Press_note_AR_PLFS_2025_23032025_V2.1_26032026_final.pdf#page=3) on average, with unemployment at 3.1% and participation at 59.3%. Most Indian workers are self-employed, farming is the largest employer, and most work is informal. Self-employment remains the largest way Indians earn, accounting for 56.2% of workers in 2025, while regular salaried jobs made up 23.6%. Agriculture accounted for 43.0% of all workers in 2025, down from 44.8% the previous year. Across the wider workforce, nearly 82% work in the informal sector and nearly 90% are informally employed, and even among salaried workers only half hold a contract and social security. Women's labour force participation has risen sharply over the last six years, and the gap with men remains wide. Between 2017-18 and 2023-24, women's labour force participation rose from 23.3% to 41.7%, reversing a long drop from the early 2000s when rural women left agriculture. In the 2025 survey, conducted under the new sampling design, women's participation was 40.0%, compared with 79.1% for men. The work women have entered is mostly self-employment and unpaid or subsidiary family work, and joblessness among women is highest in the cities. Of the 83 million jobs added between 2021-22 and 2023-24, 40 million have been in agriculture, with women accounting for a large share (38 million). In rural areas, much of this recent entry into work has been in subsidiary work, and in both rural and urban areas the recent rise has come with a higher share of self-employment among women, such as [dairy farming in Uttar Pradesh](https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/employed-women-uttar-pradesh-self-employed-upliftment-dairy-service-sector-jobs-labour-11782819252940.html), while in cities unemployment among women stood at 7.1% in 2023-24. Researchers' estimates from the Time Use Survey 2024 show that when unpaid household and care work is added to paid hours, employed young women work 9 hours and 31 minutes a day, compared with 7 hours and 57 minutes for young men. Unemployment is concentrated among the young and educated. More than a third of graduates in their early twenties are unemployed, while joblessness is close to zero for people who cannot read and write. Among young men with a college degree, only 6.7% secure permanent salaried work within a year, the [State of Working India finds](https://publications.azimpremjiuniversity.edu.in/6848/1/SWI%202026%20-%20Web.pdf#page=201); Rosa Abraham, one of its authors, says that of graduates who report being unemployed, only 7% secure salaried employment within a year. The wait for work has reshaped young people's lives, and some writers link joblessness to political cynicism. In towns like Meerut and Shimla, educated young people spend years "sitting" for [government recruitment exams in commercial libraries](https://frontline.thehindu.com/the-nation/educated-unemployment-india-youth/article71252642.ece), taking on prolonged uncertainty to prove to their families that their schooling was not wasted. Debasish Roy Chowdhury and John Keane write in [To Kill a Democracy](https://scroll.in/article/1094500/this-book-asks-if-unemployment-often-translates-to-cynicism-and-desire-for-strong-armed-leadership) that studies show personal joblessness experience often translates into political cynicism and yearnings for strong-armed leadership. Factories have created few jobs, and the young have left farming to older workers. Non-farm sectors have created few good jobs: manufacturing value added grew at 7.5% a year between 2000 and 2019 while manufacturing employment grew at only 1.7%, leaving construction to employ 75 million people compared with 65 million in factories. Vidya Mahambare says only 13% of [young adults now work in agriculture](https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/indian-farms-young-workers-improve-farming-agriculture-technology-modernize-ageing-employees-11784526191785.html), down from 34% twenty years earlier, leaving farming to older workers whose median age reached 40 in 2025. Where the jobs will come from, and how many are needed, is the open question. [Raghuram Rajan argues](https://frontline.thehindu.com/interviews/raghuram-rajan-india-jobs-industrial-policy-services-growth/article71410314.ece) that India cannot rely on low-skilled factory jobs, which he calls a bus that has already left, and must create employment through services, skills, and domestic demand. Under its most ambitious scenario, the State of Working India projects that providing regular salaried work for young people aged 20 to 29 in 2036 would require 103.2 million jobs, while [an IMF study cited by the World Bank](https://thisindianlife.today/articles/india-jobs-challenge/) estimates that India will need 148 million new jobs by 2030 if female participation keeps rising. ॥ Changed in this revision: The Long View incorporated findings from the 2025 Periodic Labour Force Survey, the State of Working India 2026 report on graduate employment, and research on youth work hours and exam preparation. ## Entries ### Employment in India - Kind: Reporting - Date: 18 March 2024 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Abhishek Waghmare. Data For India. Data For India - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2024-employment-in-india - Source: https://www.dataforindia.com/work-employment-in-india/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260716094752/https://www.dataforindia.com/work-employment-in-india/ Who counts as working in India is settled each year by the Periodic Labour Force Survey, the National Statistics Office’s household survey, and Abhishek Waghmare’s piece for Data For India walks through what that survey counts as work and what it leaves out. Roughly 625 million Indians are in the labour force, about 600 million of them working, and agriculture still employs 280 million. The unemployment rate is 3.2%, and it is highest among the young and the better educated. > The unemployment rate in India is higher among the better educated individuals in the labour force. Among women with a higher education, one in five is likely to be unemployed. However, among illiterate women, less than one in a hundred are unemployed. Excerpt of 42 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Data For India. ### India Employment Report 2024: Youth employment, education and skills - Kind: Reporting - Date: 29 March 2024 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Citation: ISBN 9789220405826 (print); ISBN 9789220405833 (web PDF) - Credit: By Alakh N. Sharma and Ravi Srivastava and Sher Verick and Balwant Singh Mehta and Tanuka Endow and Diksha Tayal and Shipra Nigam. Institute for Human Development and International Labour Organization. India Employment Report - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2024-india-employment-report-2024-youth - Source: https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/2024-08/India%20Employment%20-%20web_8%20April.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929065715/https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/2024-08/India%20Employment%20-%20web_8%20April.pdf The India Employment Report 2024 is the third in a series of publications on labour and employment that the Institute for Human Development, New Delhi, brings out with the International Labour Organization. It reads the National Sample Surveys and the Periodic Labour Force Surveys from 2000 to 2022, with a postscript for 2023, and finds that unemployment fell after 2019 while much of the new work was self-employment, unpaid family work and a return to the farm. Among young people, the unemployment rate in 2022 was 29.1 per cent for graduates, nine times the rate for young people who cannot read and write, and its reading of the surveys puts nearly 82 per cent of the workforce in the informal sector. > The key labour market indicators in recent years reflect paradoxical improvements. … The slow transition to non-farm employment has reversed. … The share of manufacturing employment was stagnant, at around 12-14 per cent. The increase in non-farm employment was absorbed by construction and services. After 2019, this slow transition reversed due to the pandemic, with a rise in the share of agricultural employment as well as an increase in the absolute size of the agricultural workforce. Excerpt of 76 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to India Employment Report. ### Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) – Annual Report [July, 2023 – June, 2024] - Kind: Reporting - Date: 23 September 2024 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By National Sample Survey Office, Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation. National Sample Survey Office. Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) Annual Report - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2024-periodic-labour-force-survey-plfs - Source: https://www.mospi.gov.in/sites/default/files/press_release/Press_note_AR_PLFS_2023_24_22092024.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260628073532/https://www.mospi.gov.in/sites/default/files/press_release/Press_note_AR_PLFS_2023_24_22092024.pdf Every year the National Sample Survey Office asks a sample of Indian households who worked, who looked for work and who did neither; this seventh annual report covers July 2023 to June 2024 and draws on 4,18,159 people. The share of women aged 15 and above in the labour force rose from 37.0% to 41.7% in a year, while the unemployment rate was 3.2% for men and women alike. > Overall LFPR in usual status (ps+ss) for persons of age 15 years and above has increased from 57.9% during July 2022 – June 2023 to 60.1% during July 2023 – June 2024. LFPR for female of age 15 years above in usual status (ps+ss) has increased from 37.0% during July 2022 – June 2023 to 41.7% during July 2023 – June 2024. Excerpt of 62 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) Annual Report. ### Why has female labour force participation in India changed? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 27 January 2025 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Abhishek Waghmare. Data For India. Data For India - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2025-why-has-female-labour-force - Source: https://www.dataforindia.com/female-lfpr-change/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929081013/https://www.dataforindia.com/female-lfpr-change/ Abhishek Waghmare’s explainer for Data For India follows the share of Indian women who work or look for work from the 1980s to the last five years, and asks where the women who entered went. Rural women who had left farming came back to it, and urban women moved into services. When participation rose among rural women from the 1980s to the 2000s, most of the women added were unpaid helpers in household enterprises; the recent increase has instead come with a higher share of self-employment among women in both rural and urban areas. > The decline in female labour force participation from the early 2000s onwards was heavily driven by the exit of a large number of rural women from agriculture. In recent years, 50 million rural women have returned to agriculture, bringing the level of female employment in agriculture back to its pre-2000s level. Excerpt of 51 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Data For India. ### What do India's graduates do? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 18 November 2025 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Abhishek Waghmare. Data For India. Data For India - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2025-what-do-indias-graduates-do - Source: https://www.dataforindia.com/graduate-employment/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260713144330/https://www.dataforindia.com/graduate-employment/ Abhishek Waghmare reads India’s official employment survey for Data For India to ask what the country’s 140 million graduates do for work: how many have stepped out of the labour force, how many are looking and cannot find anything, and what the rest do, whether salaried, casual, self-employed or unpaid in a family enterprise. Women are the likeliest to have stepped away from work, many of them citing home commitments, and unemployment is highest among graduates in their twenties, where more than a third of those in their early twenties have no job. > While the unemployment rate among graduates is 13%, it is nearly zero among the illiterate population. … Among graduates, the unemployment rate is the highest among those in their twenties, many of whom are likely to be fresh graduates. More than a third of graduates in their early twenties are unemployed. Excerpt of 51 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Data For India. ### Salaried jobs in India - Kind: Reporting - Date: 30 January 2026 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Abhishek Waghmare. Data For India. Data For India - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-salaried-jobs-in-india - Source: https://www.dataforindia.com/salaried-jobs/ Salaried work is meant to be the good job: one employer, a regular wage, a written contract, a provident fund. Abhishek Waghmare’s page for Data For India goes through what the official surveys record about how many Indians have that arrangement, which jobs the salaried actually hold, and how few of them get the security the label suggests. > One in five Indian workers, or roughly 130 million workers, are in regular wage work or salaried employment. … Salaried jobs are considered to be relatively the most secure types of working arrangements since they provide a regular and stable income, and can have written contracts and employee benefits. Contrary to this commonly held belief, more than half of salaried workers in India (57%) do not have a written employment contract with the employer. One in three salaried workers in the country have long-term contacts with their employers. These are what are also commonly referred to as permanent jobs. This means that only about 6-7% of workers in India are in permanent regular wage employment. Excerpt of 115 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Data For India. ### State of Working India 2026: Youth in the labour market: Pathways from learning to earning - Kind: Reporting - Date: March 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Citation: State of Working India (2026). Youth in the labour market: Pathways from learning to earning, Centre for Sustainable Employment, Azim Premji University. - Credit: By Rosa Abraham and Tamoghna Halder and Amit Basole and Anand Shrivastava and Anand Kumar. Azim Premji University. State of Working India - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-state-of-working-india-2026 - Source: https://publications.azimpremjiuniversity.edu.in/6848/1/SWI%202026%20-%20Web.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260918090414/https://publications.azimpremjiuniversity.edu.in/6848/1/SWI%202026%20-%20Web.pdf The Centre for Sustainable Employment at Azim Premji University brings out the State of Working India; this 2026 edition follows young Indians from school and college into work, using National Sample Survey and Periodic Labour Force Survey rounds. Its subject is the gap between degrees and jobs. Graduate unemployment runs at nearly 40% among the 15- to 25-year-olds the report tracks, and of young men who have finished school or college only a small share find secure salaried work within a year of starting to look. The jobs added after the pandemic were almost half in agriculture — 40 million of the 83 million added between 2021–22 and 2023–24 — and the report also traces the migration that carries young workers towards richer states. > In our sample of young men, we find that only 4% of 12th Standard Pass and 6.7% of college graduates secure some kind of permanent salaried employment within a year. If we consider white collar employment, only 1.5% of 12th Standard Pass and 3.7% of college graduates find white collar employment within a year. Excerpt of 54 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to State of Working India. ### Press Note on Periodic Labour Force Survey Annual Report, 2025 [January 2025 – December 2025] - Kind: Reporting - Date: 27 March 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By National Statistics Office, Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, Government of India. Periodic Labour Force Survey Annual Report - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-press-note-on-periodic-labour - Source: https://www.mospi.gov.in/uploads/latestReleases/latest_release_1774607827733_3e8964a9-268b-4cc9-ad65-cfc8a9e32f08_Press_note_AR_PLFS_2025_23032025_V2.1_26032026_final.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260815060120/https://www.mospi.gov.in/uploads/latestReleases/latest_release_1774607827733_3e8964a9-268b-4cc9-ad65-cfc8a9e32f08_Press_note_AR_PLFS_2025_23032025_V2.1_26032026_final.pdf This is the National Statistics Office’s annual labour force report, the first to cover a calendar year rather than the July–June agricultural year, and the first drawn from a sample about 2.65 times larger than the old one. It counts 61.6 crore people in work on average during the year, 41.6 crore of them men and 20.0 crore women. Participation was steady at 59.3% and unemployment at 3.1%, and the office warns that the new sampling design may shift the level of the estimates, so the 2025 numbers may not be strictly comparable with earlier annual reports. > Among male, 69.8% reported want to continue studies as the main reason for not being in the labour force, whereas among female, 44.4% cited child care/personal commitments in homemaking as the main reason. Excerpt of 33 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Periodic Labour Force Survey Annual Report. ### Are young Indians under or overworked? Both are true but AI may change work hours as we go along - Kind: Reporting - Date: 14 April 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Vidya Mahambare and Poonam Munjal. Mint. Mint - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-are-young-indians-under-or - Source: https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/young-indians-underworked-overworked-ai-work-hours-time-use-survey-gender-disparity-11776065245667.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260809032553/https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/young-indians-underworked-overworked-ai-work-hours-time-use-survey-gender-disparity-11776065245667.html Two economists take India’s 2024 Time Use Survey and ask how long young Indians actually work, and find the hours running in both directions at once: long days for some, very short ones for others. Vidya Mahambare and Poonam Munjal draw on their paper ‘Young Adults at Work in India’ to split those hours by gender and by whether the work sits in a formal enterprise or a household one, and to ask what AI adoption may do to the gap. > However, while employed young men on average work longer for pay, if unpaid household and care work is added, employed young women work longer hours—9 hours and 31 minutes, versus 7 hours and 57 minutes spent by young men. Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Mint. ### The employment profile of India’s young adults - Kind: Reporting - Date: 5 May 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Vidya Mahambare and Niharika Gowthaman and Poonam Munjal and Palash Baruah. BusinessLine. BusinessLine - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-the-employment-profile-of-indias - Source: https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/opinion/the-employment-profile-of-indias-young-adults/article70942922.ece - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260505160237/https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/opinion/the-employment-profile-of-indias-young-adults/article70942922.ece Four researchers, two at the Great Lakes Institute of Management and two at the National Council of Applied Economic Research, work through their own estimates from the Time Use Survey 2024 on how India’s young adults spend their working days. The piece belongs in this Long View because it counts hours rather than jobs alone: the time at paid work, the time spent getting to it, and the unpaid time at home that no employment figure carries. What they describe is a young labour market pulled between extreme overwork and underemployment. > Men clock more paid hours of work than women, on average, in both formal and informal enterprises. However, upon including unpaid household and care work, this pattern completely reverses, with women working over 9 hours 31 minutes compared to men’s 7 hours 57 minutes. The jump in women’s work hours by nearly 4 hours per day, compared to the 30-minute increase among men, is drastic. Excerpt of 65 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to BusinessLine. ### Elusive jobs: how AI will demand even greater patience of India’s unemployed youth - Kind: Reporting - Date: 11 May 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Vidya Mahambare and Asrar Alam. Mint. Mint - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-elusive-jobs-how-ai-will - Source: https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/elusive-jobs-ai-india-unemployed-youth-job-search-employment-plfs-time-artificial-intelligence-skills-degree-11778403439489.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929062535/https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/elusive-jobs-ai-india-unemployed-youth-job-search-employment-plfs-time-artificial-intelligence-skills-degree-11778403439489.html Vidya Mahambare of the Great Lakes Institute of Management and Asrar Alam of the National Council for Applied Economic Research use Periodic Labour Survey data for 2025 to look at how long young Indians wait for work. In Rajasthan, Assam, Jharkhand, Odisha and West Bengal, two-thirds or more of unemployed young adults in their 20s had been looking for over a year, and unemployment climbs with education; the authors expect AI to stretch the wait further. Women, they write, will be the first to stop looking if the financial return does not justify the effort and time. > The most concerning fact, set to get worse with the advent of AI, is that as education levels rise, so does the unemployment rate. … Among the young adults who are not currently in education, graduates account for one-fourth. However, they account for two-thirds of the unemployed. The graduate unemployment rate is 23.6%, more than twice the overall rate of about 10% in this age bracket and five times the secondary-educated joblessness rate of 4.3%. Excerpt of 75 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Mint. ### Salary freeze - Kind: Newsletter post - Date: 13 May 2026 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Rukmini S. Data For India. Data For India - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-salary-freeze - Source: https://www.dataforindia.com/the-big-shift/salary-freeze/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260930010427/https://www.dataforindia.com/the-big-shift/salary-freeze/ A Data For India newsletter on what happened to Indian salaries over the decade to 2024. Using the national Consumer Price Index to deflate survey wage data, Abhishek Waghmare found that the monthly average salary rose about 90% in nominal terms from 2012 to 2024 but fell 4% once inflation is accounted for, with high-earning occupations such as software developers and college teachers losing ground while clerks, drivers, domestic workers and garment workers gained slightly. > He finds that the monthly average salary in India increased by about 90% from 2012 to 2024 in nominal terms, meaning that it nearly doubled in just over a decade. But adjusting for inflation, the average salary actually fell 4% over the period. … Driving this fall was a decline in the inflation-adjusted wages of people in high-skilled and high-earning jobs in particular. So the inflation-adjusted incomes of office clerks, drivers, domestic workers and garment workers actually grew slightly from 2012 to 2024. Software developers, college teachers, and protective services workers such as police personnel across the private and public sectors, on the other hand, saw their real incomes fall. Excerpt of 110 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Data For India. ### Rosa & Tamoghana on India's Youth Employment Crisis - Kind: Podcast - Date: 19 May 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Kashish Kapoor and Rosa Abraham and Tamoghna Halder. Zerodha. Subtext by Zerodha - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-rosa-tamoghana-on-indias-youth - Source: https://subtextbyzerodha.substack.com/p/rosa-and-tamoghana-on-indias-youth - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929070835/https://subtextbyzerodha.substack.com/p/rosa-and-tamoghana-on-indias-youth Kashish Kapoor put questions to two of the authors of Azim Premji University’s State of Working India 2026 report: Rosa Abraham and Tamoghna Halder, both economists at the university. The paradox they start from is that graduate unemployment among the youth is 40%, against 3% for illiterates. The conversation earns its place in this Long View where the authors push back on the obvious reading of their own numbers, and where Halder admits he does not know whether a salaried job is still the dream of India’s youngest workers. > The more worrying number, she said, is what happens after the wait. Track young graduates who report being unemployed, and within a year only 7% secure salaried employment. That’s the real cause for concern: not the headline unemployment rate, but the fact that even when graduates do find work, very few find the kind of work they were hoping for. Excerpt of 60 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Subtext by Zerodha. ### Does India really have the biggest jobs challenge in the world? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 27 June 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Bhuvanesh. This Indian Life. This Indian Life - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-does-india-really-have-the - Source: https://thisindianlife.today/articles/india-jobs-challenge/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929065226/https://thisindianlife.today/articles/india-jobs-challenge/ Written by the editor of Life in India for This Indian Life. A World Bank report projects that about 238 million Indians will reach working age between 2025 and 2035, the largest wave of new workers in the developing world. The article notes that the same report cites an IMF study putting the jobs India needs by 2030 at 60 million if labour-force participation stays flat and 148 million if it rises, which largely means more women joining the workforce. > If India’s labour-force participation rate stays flat, the country would need about 60 million new jobs by 2030. But if participation rises toward a target rate, which largely means more women joining the workforce, the number jumps to 148 million. Excerpt of 40 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to This Indian Life. ### Employed women in Uttar Pradesh—what explains such a large increase within less than a decade? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 1 July 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Vidya Mahambare and Vivek Jadhav. Mint. Mint - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-employed-women-in-uttar-pradesh - Source: https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/employed-women-uttar-pradesh-self-employed-upliftment-dairy-service-sector-jobs-labour-11782819252940.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260802195517/https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/employed-women-uttar-pradesh-self-employed-upliftment-dairy-service-sector-jobs-labour-11782819252940.html An opinion piece in Mint by Vidya Mahambare and Vivek Jadhav asks what lies behind the sharp rise in women’s employment in Uttar Pradesh. Working from official data, the authors trace most of the increase to agriculture and livestock, led by self-employment in dairy farming alongside growth in crop farming, and find that industry and service jobs for women remain few. It earns its place in this Long View for the distinction it draws between women finding work and women finding paid, secure work. > The single largest contributor to UP’s rise in women’s employment is growth among those who are self-employed in the animal-rearing sector, mainly dairy farming. The share of working-age women employed in animal farming in UP climbed from 2.3% to 10.2%, more than quadrupling. … Nonetheless, it is concerning that only 10% of working-age women in UP are employed in industry or the service sector, the two sectors that tend to offer better-paid work and social security. Excerpt of 76 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Mint. ### Indian farms have been losing their young workers—at a time they need the youth to improve farming - Kind: Reporting - Date: 20 July 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Vidya Mahambare and Vivek Jadhav. Mint. Mint - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-indian-farms-have-been-losing - Source: https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/indian-farms-young-workers-improve-farming-agriculture-technology-modernize-ageing-employees-11784526191785.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260907162529/https://www.livemint.com/opinion/online-views/indian-farms-young-workers-improve-farming-agriculture-technology-modernize-ageing-employees-11784526191785.html Vidya Mahambare and Vivek Jadhav go through Periodic Labour Force Survey data to ask who still works on Indian farms, and find that the young have largely left. Writing in Mint, they argue that the renewed official call to move workers out of agriculture would leave farming to older hands, at a time when farms need people who can run a tractor, manage drip irrigation and read soil sensors. Their case is that farm earnings, machinery and the consolidation of small plots matter more than the size of the farm workforce. > The median age of a farm worker in India in 2025 was 40 years. It has increased by five years over the last two decades. … A typical farm worker in Kerala was 53 years old; and in Tamil Nadu and West Bengal, 48. … If we exclude animal husbandry, barely 13% of young adults now work on farms and other primary sectors. Excerpt of 63 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Mint. ### Educated Unemployment: Why India’s Youth Are ‘Sitting’ - Kind: Reporting - Date: 22 July 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Nilanjana Sen and Avishek Jha. Frontline. Frontline - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-educated-unemployment-why-indias-youth - Source: https://frontline.thehindu.com/the-nation/educated-unemployment-india-youth/article71252642.ece - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929083127/https://frontline.thehindu.com/the-nation/educated-unemployment-india-youth/article71252642.ece Nilanjana Sen and Avishek Jha did ethnographic fieldwork in Shimla and Meerut among graduates preparing for government exams. They argue that the wait for work has changed shape since Craig Jeffrey described a “timepass” generation in Meerut: young people now “sit”, a discipline that shows their families the money spent on their education was not wasted, and the commercial libraries where they sit have turned that sitting into a business. > Sitting is not simply another way of describing exam preparation; it has become a way of living through prolonged uncertainty. Sitting now defines the everyday lives of educated unemployed youth across India. It grows out of a crisis of employment and opportunity, and it demands a form of continuous self-work… At the same time, sitting signifies stasis: it carries the emotional and temporal weight of prolonged preparation. Excerpt of 67 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Frontline. ### To Kill a Democracy: India’s Passage to Despotism - Kind: Book - Date: 27 July 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Debasish Roy Chowdhury and John Keane. Pan Macmillan. Scroll.in - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-to-kill-a-democracy-indias - Source: https://scroll.in/article/1094500/this-book-asks-if-unemployment-often-translates-to-cynicism-and-desire-for-strong-armed-leadership - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260911232126/https://scroll.in/article/1094500/this-book-asks-if-unemployment-often-translates-to-cynicism-and-desire-for-strong-armed-leadership Debasish Roy Chowdhury and John Keane’s book To Kill a Democracy, excerpted here by Scroll.in, puts India’s jobs crisis at the centre of its politics. Union membership and influence have shrunk, collective bargaining is fast becoming a relic from the past, and formal jobs have grown more casual. Educated young people who cannot find work, the authors write, are raw material for political parties and private armies. > Studies by historians and statisticians armed with large country samples show that personal joblessness experience often translates into political cynicism and yearnings for strong-armed leadership. When promised equality but given slavery, people are tempted to conclude that democracies are indecisive and breed too much quibbling, and that a leader who doesn’t bother with the niceties of Parliament and elections is preferable. Excerpt of 61 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Scroll.in. ### Raghuram Rajan: India’s Jobs Crisis Needs a New Growth Model - Kind: Reporting - Date: 1 September 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Rohit Inani. Frontline. Frontline - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-raghuram-rajan-indias-jobs-crisis - Source: https://frontline.thehindu.com/interviews/raghuram-rajan-india-jobs-industrial-policy-services-growth/article71410314.ece - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260906095717/https://frontline.thehindu.com/interviews/raghuram-rajan-india-jobs-industrial-policy-services-growth/article71410314.ece Raghuram Rajan, the former RBI governor, tells Frontline that India keeps trying to board a bus that has already left, low-skilled manufacturing, and that the jobs will instead come from service work, ranging from low-skilled posts like security guards to moderate-skill ones like cooks and waiters, and from the small-town compounder who could be trained to provide first-line medical services. He wants public money in skills and universities, and he has little patience for production-linked incentives that pick sectors without saying why they were picked. He argues that India is, for the first time, a poor $4 trillion economy, big enough to grow on what its own people buy. > I am not against manufacturing; let’s get as many jobs as we can, wherever. But think for a second. 2,00,000 jobs? That’s a pimple on the dimple of India’s jobs requirement. It is minuscule. You just said 38 million women returned to self-employment in agriculture. Excerpt of 45 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Frontline. ### The Truth About India’s Jobs Crisis - Kind: Podcast - Date: 1 September 2026 - Added: 29 September 2026 - Credit: By Milan Vaishnav and Vidya Mahambare. Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. Grand Tamasha - Anchor: /long-view/3-india-jobs-unemployment/#e-2026-the-truth-about-indias-jobs - Source: https://carnegieendowment.org/podcasts/grand-tamasha/the-truth-about-indias-jobs-crisis - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260906100123/https://carnegieendowment.org/podcasts/grand-tamasha/the-truth-about-indias-jobs-crisis Vidya Mahambare, an economist at the Great Lakes Institute of Management in Chennai, tells Milan Vaishnav why the protests that began over higher education touched a wider frustration about work. She argues that the young have already left farming, that factories stand far from where the workers now live, and that women’s rising employment in Uttar Pradesh is mostly dairy work at home. The conversation opens the sixteenth season of Grand Tamasha, a podcast of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace and the Hindustan Times. The transcript is machine-made and may carry errors. > And what do we mean by wait, you know, perhaps India is the only country where you have 20% plus youth unemployment, which magically disappears by the time they become late 20s. I would struggle to think any country where that would happen. Like if you see Indian data, there is almost no unemployment at all between any kind of like any men, educated, uneducated, men or women once they come to 30s. Excerpt of 73 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Grand Tamasha. --- Life in India keeps this Long View at the URL above. Entries are other people’s work, credited in full and linked first. Licence: our notes, "Where things stand" and the record as data are CC BY 4.0 (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/); credit "Life in India" with a link. Quotations belong to their authors and publishers. See /licence/. --- # Long View 4 · India’s business groups and the argument over their power First-language title (hi): कुछ घराने, कई बाज़ार > India’s largest family business groups have spread into more industries since 2000, and the top 25 groups’ revenues grew from 11% to 15% of GDP even as concentration across the economy fell. Economists disagree on whether their size lets them raise prices. The record also follows India’s argument over monopoly since the 1960s, and how America, Japan and Korea dealt with big business. A record of how much of India’s economy a few family business groups hold, where people meet that in the prices they pay, whether size raises prices, and how India and other countries have tried to check big business. - Opened: 30 September 2026 - Kept by: The editors - Entries: 40 - Where things stand: revision 1, 30.09.2026 - Canonical URL: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/ ## Where things stand (revision 1, 30 September 2026) Between 2001 and 2020, market concentration, or how much of an industry’s sales its largest firms take, fell across India, [mainly because the state sector shrank](https://doi.org/10.1093/wber/lhag026). Despite the fall in overall concentration, many industries remained dominated by a few firms. In 2020, the five largest firms took over 70% of sales in more than half of the study’s detailed industry categories. The largest family groups gained economic weight even as overall concentration fell. The top 25 family business groups’ revenues rose from 11% of India’s GDP in 2001 to more than 15% in 2020, and their sales compared with costs that vary with output, the study’s measure of markups, rose 16% from 2013 to 2020. Five named conglomerates [increased their hold over non-financial assets](https://w4.stern.nyu.edu/sternfin/vacharya/public_html/pdfs/Brookings%20India%20piece%20Acharya%20March%202023%20v15.pdf#page=14). The five largest groups named by Viral Acharya and Rahul Singh Chauhan are Reliance, Tata, Aditya Birla, Adani and Bharti Telecom. Their share of assets in sectors outside finance rose from 10% in 1991 to nearly 18% in 2021, while the next five groups’ share fell from 18% in 1992 to less than 9%. The five groups held especially large sales shares in telecommunications, retail trade and civil engineering and construction. By 2021, the five groups held over 84% of telecommunications sales, over 65% of retail trade sales and 42% of civil engineering and construction sales, up from 31% in 2016. Family groups entered new industries, usually without quickly winning much of their sales. The top 25 family groups also entered new industries, though in just under 90% of cases they had less than 5% of sales five years after entering. Acharya and Chauhan found that a larger sales share for the five biggest groups within an industry was associated with higher wholesale-price inflation the following year. They estimated that a 10% rise in the groups’ share of industry sales was associated with 2.7 percentage points more wholesale-price inflation the next year. SBI Research’s measure of concentration-weighted consumer prices [stayed below core inflation for most of the period](https://sbi.bank.in/documents/13958/36530824/240423-Ecowrap_20230423.pdf/fa4690e0-ddf9-2cb6-59af-dcbd33e2fbd2?t=1682313253274) it studied. SBI Research compared core consumer-price inflation with an index that reweighted consumer prices according to how concentrated each sector was; its index stayed below core inflation from January 2015 except from January to November 2020 and later during the pandemic. SBI Research put the rise in prices during the pandemic down more to supply-chain and logistical disruptions, from the pandemic and the war in Ukraine, than to firms’ pricing power, and its model found that a 1% increase in food prices raised general consumer-price inflation by 0.6% between April 2014 and February 2023. Tariff cuts [lowered costs faster than prices](https://akhandelwal8.github.io/files/ecma_PMTR/PMTR.pdf#page=1), while firms’ markups rose. A study of tariff cuts from 1989 to 1997 found that factory-gate prices fell 18.1% while the cost of making additional output fell 30.7%; markups rose 12.6% as firms passed on only a small share of their cost savings. The study found no different effect from the trade reform for firms that belonged to business groups. In June 2024, Jio, Airtel and Vodafone Idea announced mobile tariff rises within hours of one another. A JP Morgan note cited by The Indian Express called Jio the sector’s price setter and said its change to the threshold for unlimited 5G data drove a 46% tariff increase for users on 5G plans. The Department of Telecommunications said mobile rates had been determined under forbearance by the telecom regulator for two decades, and that with three private players and one public sector player, the market operates under the forces of demand and supply. Two airline groups held most of India’s domestic aviation market in 2025. IndiGo and the Air India Group [together held 91% of India’s domestic aviation market](https://m.thewire.in/article/travel/indigo-and-air-india-hold-91-of-domestic-aviation-market-govt-tells-parliament) in 2025, according to figures given to Parliament. The government’s figures put IndiGo’s share at nearly 64% and the Air India Group’s at 27%. A parliamentary committee found airlines’ self-regulation of fares ineffective and recommended that the aviation regulator be empowered to regulate fares. A parliamentary committee said in 2024 that airlines’ self-regulation of fares was ineffective, and recommended a ceiling on fares route by route and a way for the aviation regulator, the DGCA, to regulate them. Adani subsidiaries operated seven Airports Authority of India airports in 2025; in 2024, privately operated airports averaged 4.96 out of five for passenger satisfaction, compared with 4.81 for Airports Authority of India airports. The 2019 airport tender set aside a Finance Ministry proposal to limit how many airports one bidder could win. At a 2019 airport tender, the Finance Ministry recommended that no bidder receive more than two airports, but the committee set that advice aside and Adani Enterprises was declared the highest bidder for all six. Adani Ports said it handled 27.1% of all cargo in India and 45.5% of the country’s container traffic in FY26. The cement case found that companies could lack dominance as a single firm or group and still [act together to restrict supply and fix prices](https://cci.gov.in/images/whatsnew/en/final-order-291652520915.pdf#page=19). In cement, the Competition Commission found that no single firm or group could act independently of competitive forces, but held that companies shared prices and production information through their association and acted together to fix prices and restrict supply. In 2018, the competition tribunal dismissed appeals by 11 cement companies and their association, upholding the finding that they had fixed prices and limited supply. India’s inquiries in the 1960s found production of some goods concentrated in a few firms, and large industrial houses filing a large share of licence applications. [The 1965 Monopolies Inquiry Commission](https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2023-07/1965%20Dasgupta%20Committee%20-%20Monopolies%20Enquiry%20Commission%20Report.pdf#page=173) found that Union Carbide made 82% of dry-battery output and Mahindra Owen made 86.6% of trailer output; its majority called the concentration that came with business groups spreading across industries a necessary evil in the country’s economic interests, while recommending a watchful eye on dominant enterprises and action against restrictive practices. Two inquiries into industrial licensing measured what the large houses took: a fifth of all licence applications in one, and most of the licensed capacity for rayon grade pulp in the other. R. K. Hazari found that the 28 houses whose applications each involved investment above ₹10 crore filed 1,961 licence applications between 1959 and June 1966, equal to 21% of applications after deferred cases were excluded. A later licensing inquiry found that in rayon grade pulp, one of the products it studied, large industrial houses held about 84% of the licensed capacity, with the Birla house alone holding 36% and Sahu Jain 20%. India’s competition law moved from the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act of 1969 to [the Competition Act of 2002](https://www.cci.gov.in/images/legalframeworkact/en/the-competition-act-20021652103427.pdf#page=9), then changed again in 2023. A committee reviewing the 1969 Act said it did not define or even name practices such as abuse of dominance, cartels and predatory pricing, and proposed replacing the Act and its commission with a Competition Commission of India. The 2002 Act provided for the Competition Commission of India and treated agreements between competitors to fix prices, divide markets or rig bids as presumed to harm competition. The 2023 amendment added a transaction-value test for mergers: once the change is in force, a deal above the stated value threshold can count as a combination subject to review if the business being acquired has substantial operations in India. The United States made restraints of trade and attempts to monopolise illegal under the Sherman Act of 1890, and in 1911 [the Supreme Court upheld the dissolution](https://tile.loc.gov/storage-services/service/ll/usrep/usrep221/usrep221001/usrep221001.pdf#page=76) of Standard Oil’s combination. Brandeis argued that investment bankers had gained power over much of American business. In 1914, Louis Brandeis argued that a small group of investment bankers held power over American business through their ties to banks, railroads and industrial firms. Lina Khan argues that US antitrust law should look beyond low prices when judging competition. Lina Khan argues that the Chicago-school turn in antitrust thinking made low prices alone count as evidence of sound competition, and calls for attention to [the competitive process and market structure](https://yalelawjournal.org/pdf/e.710.Khan.805_zuvfyyeh.pdf#page=7), or for dominant platforms to be regulated as common carriers. The Microsoft appeals court upheld part of the finding against the company but set aside the order to split it. In the Microsoft case, an appeals court upheld the finding that Microsoft unlawfully maintained its operating-system monopoly, reversed the finding that it tried to monopolise the browser market and set aside the order to split the company. Japan and South Korea used state action to address large family business groups. Japan’s post-war orders [transferred designated zaibatsu families’ assets](https://jahis.law.nagoya-u.ac.jp/scapindb/docs/scapin-1363) to a commission for management and liquidation, while South Korea later put its largest chaebol through a creditor-led restructuring plan. Post-war Japan’s orders called for the dissolution of two major trading companies while most restricted business components were to be reorganised. A 1947 directive called for the Mitsubishi and Mitsui trading companies to be dissolved, while most restricted Japanese business components were to be reorganised. South Korea’s 1998 plan put creditors in charge of restructuring and required the largest chaebol to bear their own costs. Under South Korea’s 1998 plan, major creditor institutions were to lead restructuring and the five largest chaebol were expected to bear the costs of their own reorganisation. A later comparison found that rules aimed at business groups had different effects in Japan and South Korea. A later comparison found that rules applied consistently helped end pyramidal business groups in Japan, while South Korea’s reliance mainly on corporate-governance reform had limited effect and its groups continued to dominate the economy. The record does not yet show whether the largest groups’ rising shares across industries caused higher consumer prices across those industries. ॥ Changed in this revision: The Long View added the latest concentration and markup findings, set the competing accounts of prices beside evidence on tariff cuts, and traced the debate through Indian consumer markets, competition law, and the US, Japanese and Korean records. ## Entries ### Sherman Anti-Trust Act (1890) - Kind: Act of Parliament - Date: 2 July 1890 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: Act of July 2, 1890(Sherman Anti-Trust Act), July 2, 1890; Enrolled Acts and Resolutions of Congress, 1789-1992; General Records of the United States Government; Record Group 11; National Archives. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1890-sherman-anti-trust-act-1890 - Source: https://www.archives.gov/milestone-documents/sherman-anti-trust-act - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260918041616/https://www.archives.gov/milestone-documents/sherman-anti-trust-act America’s first federal antitrust law, approved on 2 July 1890 and named for Senator John Sherman of Ohio. It declared illegal every contract or conspiracy in restraint of trade among the states or with foreign nations, let the federal government sue to dissolve trusts, and allowed people who lost business to recover triple damages. The Supreme Court dismantled it in United States v. E. C. Knight Company in 1895, but it was used later against Standard Oil, American Tobacco and Microsoft. > Sec. 1. Every contract, combination in the form of trust or other- wise, or conspiracy, in restraint of trade or commerce among the several States, or with foreign nations, is hereby declared to be illegal. Every person who shall make any such contract or engage in any such combination or conspiracy, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and, on conviction thereof, shall be punished by fine not exceeding five thousand dollars, or by imprisonment not exceeding one year, or by both said punishments, at the discretion of the court. Excerpt of 90 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### The Standard Oil Company of New Jersey et al. v. The United States - Kind: Judgment - Date: 15 May 1911 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: 221 U.S. 1 - Credit: United States Reports, Vol. 221 - Held: The Court read the Sherman Act to bar only unreasonable or undue restraints of trade in interstate commerce. It held that Standard Oil’s ownership of the stock of its subsidiary companies was an unlawful combination and a monopolization. It affirmed the decree dissolving the combination, with directions to modify it in part. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1911-the-standard-oil-company-of - Source: https://tile.loc.gov/storage-services/service/ll/usrep/usrep221/usrep221001/usrep221001.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260918154450/https://tile.loc.gov/storage-services/service/ll/usrep/usrep221/usrep221001/usrep221001.pdf The judgment broke up the Standard Oil combination in 1911; the trust of 1882 had already come to an end. It is where the Supreme Court held that the Sherman Act of 1890 carries the common-law rule of reason, applied by a court to the facts before it. The act, the Court held, forbids contracts and combinations that amount to an unreasonable or undue restraint of trade in interstate commerce, and, under § 2, every act bringing about that result. On the record before it the Court found the oil combination unreasonable and affirmed the decree that dissolved it, with directions to modify it in part. Justice Harlan agreed in part and dissented in part. He wrote that the court’s decision, read by the language of its opinion, had upset the long-settled reading of the act and usurped the constitutional functions of the legislative branch of the Government. > we think no disinterested mind can survey the period in question without being irresistibly driven to the conclusion that the very genius for commercial development and organization which it would seem was manifested from the beginning soon begot an intent and purpose to exclude others which was frequently manifested by acts and dealings wholly inconsistent with the theory that they were made with the single conception of advancing the development of business power by usual methods, but which on the contrary necessarily involved the intent to drive others from the field and to exclude them from their right to trade and thus accomplish the mastery which was the end in view. Excerpt of 111 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to United States Reports, Vol. 221. ### Other People’s Money and How the Bankers Use It - Kind: Book - Date: 1914 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Louis D. Brandeis. Frederick A. Stokes Company - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1914-other-peoples-money-and-how - Source: https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/57819/pg57819-images.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260312124755/https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/57819/pg57819-images.html A book by the lawyer Louis D. Brandeis, gathered from his articles in Harper’s Weekly, which ran from August 1913 to December 1914, on how a few investment bankers came to run American business. Brandeis argues that four separate trades ended up in the same few hands: selling securities, directing railroads and factories, running life insurance companies, and holding bank deposits. The most potent instrument of that power, he writes, was the interlocking directorate: boards shared between firms that competed or did business with each other. J. P. Morgan & Co. held deposits of $162,491,819.65 on November 1, 1912, he writes, and the $22,000,000,000 credited to the inner group by the Pujo Committee understates what it controls. > The dominant element in our financial oligarchy is the investment banker. Associated banks, trust companies and life insurance companies are his tools. Controlled railroads, public service and industrial corporations are his subjects. Though properly but middlemen, these bankers bestride as masters America’s business world, so that practically no large enterprise can be undertaken successfully without their participation or approval. Excerpt of 59 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Transfer of Zaibatsu Family Properties to Holding Company Liquidation Commission - Kind: Directive - Date: 26 November 1946 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: SCAPIN-1363 - Credit: By John B. Cooley - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1946-transfer-of-zaibatsu-family-properties - Source: https://jahis.law.nagoya-u.ac.jp/scapindb/docs/scapin-1363 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251207045959/https://jahis.law.nagoya-u.ac.jp/scapindb/docs/scapin-1363 The Allied occupation’s order directing the Imperial Japanese Government to hand the property of Japan’s designated families and family members to the Holding Company Liquidation Commission, which was to receive, hold, manage and eventually liquidate it and compensate them. It gave the government five days to widen the commission’s jurisdiction, and moved to the commission the work the Ministry of Finance had been doing in supervising those families, along with its files and records. A memo for record in the same file says it was proposed to liquidate their wealth by converting their assets into non-negotiable government bonds. > The Imperial Japanese Government is directed to take such action as may be necessary, within five (5) days from the date of this Memorandum, to enlarge the jurisdiction of the Holding Company Liquidation Commission and to vest in it express authority to receive, take over, hold, manage and administer the property and assets, of whatever description, individually, jointly, or otherwise held, of designated families or family members listed in paragraph 3 below. Excerpt of 72 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### The Political Adviser in Japan (Atcheson) to the Secretary of State - Kind: Report - Date: 10 July 1947 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: 894.60/7–1047 - Credit: By Atcheson. Office of the Historian. Foreign Relations of the United States, 1947, The Far East, Volume VI - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1947-the-political-adviser-in-japan - Source: https://history.state.gov/historicaldocuments/frus1947v06/d240 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251206165547/https://history.state.gov/historicaldocuments/frus1947v06/d240 A communication from the United States Political Adviser in Japan to the Secretary of State, enclosing a memorandum to the Japanese Government, Scapin 1741, on the dissolution of trading companies, issued by his headquarters on 3 July 1947. The directive gave specific instructions for dissolving the Mitsubishi and Mitsui Trading Companies through the Japanese Holding Company Liquidation Commission. The chief of the headquarters’ Anti-trust and Cartels Division told an officer of the mission what was intended for the restricted companies, the so-called Zaibatsu. Their individual components would be reorganised rather than dissolved. The exceptions were the two large trading companies and a very few others, which he said were not essential to the Japanese economy and produced no goods. He felt that letting firms such as Mitsubishi and Mitsui enter foreign trade, with their foreign contacts and previous informal cartels, might direct that trade to former subsidiary companies in Japan. That would leave new businesses and small manufacturers at a disadvantage. > In conversation with an officer of this Mission, the Chief of the Anti-trust and Cartels Division, Economic and Scientific Section of this Headquarters, has stated that, with the exception of the two large trading companies mentioned above and a very few others which are not essential to the Japanese economy and which produce no goods, it is intended that individual components of restricted companies (so-called “Zaibatsu” concerns) will be reorganized rather than dissolved. Excerpt of 73 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Foreign Relations of the United States, 1947, The Far East, Volume VI. ### Report of the Monopolies Inquiry Commission 1965: Volumes I and II - Kind: Reporting - Date: 1965 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Monopolies Inquiry Commission. Report of the Monopolies Inquiry Commission, 1965, Volumes I and II - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1965-report-of-the-monopolies-inquiry - Source: https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2023-07/1965%20Dasgupta%20Committee%20-%20Monopolies%20Enquiry%20Commission%20Report.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260617163603/https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2023-07/1965%20Dasgupta%20Committee%20-%20Monopolies%20Enquiry%20Commission%20Report.pdf The Monopolies Inquiry Commission sat in Delhi throughout its sittings and undertook no tours, and its 1965 report counted who held the market in one product after another, then added up the holdings of whole business groups. It found a single firm or a small handful dominant in many goods. The majority concluded that business groups spreading into new industries, and the country-wise concentration that comes with it, was a necessary evil for the country’s industrial development. It still had to be watched for monopolistic and restrictive practices. R. C. Dutt recorded a note of dissent, listed in the report’s contents as the Note of Dissent by Shri R. C. Dutt. > The legislative measures we have already recommended, if adopted, will enable the Commission, which would also be required under the proposed law to keep a watchful eye on all dominant enterprises, to take suitable action where industrialists who have achieved concentration, whether country-wise or product-wise, are guilty of monopolistic or restrictive practices. Excerpt of 52 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Report of the Monopolies Inquiry Commission, 1965, Volumes I and II. ### Industrial Planning and Licensing Policy: Final Report - Kind: Reporting - Date: 14 September 1967 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By R. K. Hazari. Government of India. Volume I: Text - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1967-industrial-planning-and-licensing-policy - Source: https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2023-07/1967%20Hazari%20Committee%20Report.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260930020546/https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2023-07/1967%20Hazari%20Committee%20Report.pdf R. K. Hazari, appointed an honorary consultant to the Planning Commission in July 1966 to study licensing under the Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, submitted this final report on 14 September 1967. From the files of the Licensing Committee he picked out 28 houses, each of which applied for licences involving investment above ₹10 crore. Between 1959 and June 1966 they filed 1,961 applications, 21 per cent of all applications net of those deferred. The Birla group applied for such a wide range of products that, he wrote, it was to some extent legitimate to infer that it tended to pre-empt licensable capacity in many industries. Whether that kept other firms out was an open question. > Government should be reasonably clear in its mind at the outset regarding the industries in which competition can and should be fostered and others in which, on account of technological and economic compulsions, there is no alternative to some degree of monopoly. In the latter group of cases, it is obviously better to tolerate monopoly—though not monopolistic abuses—than to pursue ad hoc anti-monopoly licensing practices, which encourage uneconomically small plants. Excerpt of 70 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Volume I: Text. ### Report of the Industrial Licensing Policy Enquiry Committee (Main Report) - Kind: Reporting - Date: 1969 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Subimal Dutt and H. K. Paranjape and S. Mohan Kumaramangalam. Main Report - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1969-report-of-the-industrial-licensing - Source: https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2023-07/1969%20Dutt%20Committee%20Report.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260617165714/https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2023-07/1969%20Dutt%20Committee%20Report.pdf The Industrial Licensing Policy Inquiry Committee examined how India’s industrial licensing system had worked over the decade to 1966, and whether the larger industrial houses had secured an undue advantage over other applicants in the issue of licences. Its answer was that the disproportion was real but concentrated in a few houses, not spread evenly across the group. It counted the 20 Larger Industrial Houses together with their second-tier concerns, firms it treated as tied to a house though outside its core. Together they held about 31 per cent of the private corporate sector’s paid-up capital in 1958–59. They took 41 per cent of the investment proposed in approved licence applications, and 40 per cent of the capital goods approvals given at first consideration. In one product it studied, rayon grade pulp, large houses held about 84 per cent of the licensed capacity. > The share of Large Industrial Houses in the licensed capacity was about 84 per cent. The share of the House of Birla alone was 36 per cent and that of Sahu Jain 20 per cent. Thus, this is a clear example of disproportionately large share secured by Large Houses and especially by a single large house. Excerpt of 56 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Main Report. ### United States of America v. Western Electric Company, Incorporated, and American Telephone and Telegraph Company - Kind: Judgment - Date: 24 August 1982 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: Civil Action No. S2-0192 - Held: The court ordered AT&T to separate its local Bell operating companies’ telephone business from itself within 18 months after the decree took effect, by a spin-off of stock to AT&T’s shareholders or other disposition. After that, the local companies were generally barred from long-distance calls, information services and making telephone equipment, subject to the decree’s stated exceptions. On a phased schedule, each local company had to give every long-distance carrier access equal in type, quality, and price to what AT&T and its affiliates got. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1982-united-states-of-america-v - Source: https://www.justice.gov/atr/media/1164086/dl - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260930020734/https://www.justice.gov/atr/media/1164086/dl The 1982 decree in the United States government’s case against AT&T and Western Electric, which ordered AT&T to transfer its local Bell operating companies out of its ownership. AT&T had to submit a plan of reorganization to the Department of Justice for its approval and then carry it out, completing the separation within 18 months after the decree took effect. On a phased schedule, the local companies then had to give every long-distance carrier and information service provider access to their networks equal in type, quality and price to what AT&T got. > After completion of the reorganization specified in section I, no BOC shall, directly or through any affiliated enterprise: 1. provide interexchange telecommunications services or information Services; manufacture or provide telecommunications products or customer premises equipment (except for provision of customer premises equipment for emergency services); or 3. provide any other product or service, except exchange telecommunications and exchange access service, that is not a natural monopoly service actually regulated by tariff. Excerpt of 71 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Corporate Restructuring : Performance and Future Plan - Kind: Press release - Date: 4 December 1998 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Financial Services Commission. Financial Services Commission - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-1998-corporate-restructuring-performance-and-future - Source: https://fsc.go.kr/eng/pr010101/21622 Korea’s Financial Services Commission set out in December 1998 how the country’s chaebol were to be restructured. Major creditor financial institutions would take the leading role, signing capital structure improvement plans with the largest sixty-four chaebol. The biggest five, Hyundai, Samsung, Daewoo, LG and SK, were expected to bear the costs their own reorganisation brought, while nonviable firms would be forced to exit promptly and viable ones supported through workout programmes. > The Top Five chaebol (Hyundai, Samsung, Daewoo, LG, and SK) which have the capacity to absorb losses arising during the course of restructuring are expected to bear the associated costs which restructuring entails. Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) which are much too weak financially to take on such a burden will be supported by the creditor financial institutions with which they are affiliated. Excerpt of 63 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Financial Services Commission. ### Report of the High Level Committee on Competition Policy and Law - Kind: Report - Date: 2000 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By S.V.S. Raghavan and Mala Banerjee and S. Chakravarthy and K.B. Dadiseth and Rakesh Mohan and Sudhir Mulji and P.M. Narielvala and Pallavi Shroff and G.P. Prabhu. Department of Company Affairs, Ministry of Law, Justice and Company Affairs, Government of India - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2000-report-of-the-high-level - Source: https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2024-12/1999_Raghavan_Report%20of%20the%20high%20level%20Committee%20on%20Competition%20Policy%20%26%20Law.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260113091513/https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2024-12/1999_Raghavan_Report%20of%20the%20high%20level%20Committee%20on%20Competition%20Policy%20%26%20Law.pdf In October 1999 the Department of Company Affairs set up a committee under S.V.S. Raghavan to examine the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969 and say whether it should be amended or replaced. This is its report. The committee found that the 1969 Act never even named the practices it was meant to catch, from abuse of dominance to cartels and predatory pricing. It asked for the Act to be repealed, the MRTP Commission wound up, and a Competition Commission of India set up in its place. > In the absence of a proper competitive environment, we may find ourselves with a first class competition law but no competition. We may also end up by protecting the competitor and not the competitive system. Excerpt of 35 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Department of Company Affairs, Ministry of Law, Justice and Company Affairs, Government of India. ### United States of America v. Microsoft Corporation - Kind: Judgment - Date: 28 June 2001 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: No. 00-5212 (consolidated with No. 00-5213) - Credit: By Edwards, Chief Judge and Williams, Circuit Judge and Ginsburg, Circuit Judge and Sentelle, Circuit Judge and Randolph, Circuit Judge and Rogers, Circuit Judge and Tatel, Circuit Judge - Held: The court upheld in part the finding that Microsoft broke section 2 by maintaining its monopoly in Intel-compatible PC operating systems. It reversed the finding that the company tried to monopolize the browser market, and sent the tying claim back to the district court. It set aside the order that would have split the company in two. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2001-united-states-of-america-v - Source: https://www.justice.gov/atr/case-document/file/504276/dl - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260917131852/https://www.justice.gov/atr/case-document/file/504276/dl The US Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, sitting en banc, affirmed in part and reversed in part the ruling that Microsoft broke section 2 of the Sherman Act by holding on to its operating system monopoly. Windows ran on more than 95% of Intel-compatible personal computers. The court found that share protected by an applications barrier to entry: most buyers want the system with the most software, and most developers write for the system with the most users. The judges agreed that Microsoft used its Windows licences to stop computer makers promoting rival browsers. That cut those browsers’ share of users and kept developers focused on Windows. They upheld one such restriction: the ban on a maker replacing the Windows desktop automatically at start-up. They reversed the finding that Microsoft tried to monopolize the browser market, and sent the tying claim back for a fresh look. They also set aside the order to split the company, after finding that the trial judge held secret interviews with reporters and made offensive comments about Microsoft officials in public. > We may infer causation when exclusionary conduct is aimed at producers of nascent competitive technologies as well as when it is aimed at producers of established substitutes. Admittedly, in the former case there is added uncertainty, inasmuch as nascent threats are merely potential substitutes. But the underlying proof problem is the same--neither plaintiffs nor the court can confidently reconstruct a product’s hypothetical technological development in a world absent the defendant’s exclusionary conduct. Excerpt of 72 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### The Competition Act, 2002 - Kind: Act - Date: 13 January 2003 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: 12 of 2003 - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2003-the-competition-act-2002 - Source: https://www.cci.gov.in/images/legalframeworkact/en/the-competition-act-20021652103427.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260916211028/https://www.cci.gov.in/images/legalframeworkact/en/the-competition-act-20021652103427.pdf The law that repealed the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act of 1969 and set up the Competition Commission of India. It prohibits agreements between firms that harm competition. It prohibits an enterprise or group from abusing its dominant position, for instance by imposing unfair or discriminatory prices or conditions. And it lets the Commission regulate large mergers and acquisitions, which the Act calls combinations. > (3) Any agreement entered into between enterprises or associations of enterprises or persons or associations of persons or between any person and enterprise or practice carried on, or decision taken by, any association of enterprises or association of persons, including cartels, engaged in identical or similar trade of goods or provision of services, which— (a) directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices; (b) limits or controls production, supply, markets, technical development, investment or provision of services; (c) shares the market or source of production or provision of services by way of allocation of geographical area of market, or type of goods or services, or number of customers in the market or any other similar way; (d) directly or indirectly results in bid rigging or collusive bidding, shall be presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition: Excerpt of 138 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Business Groups in Emerging Markets: Paragons or Parasites? - Kind: Working paper - Date: 19 August 2005 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: No. 2005-1 - Credit: By Tarun Khanna and Yishay P. Yafeh. Center for Economic Institutions, Institute of Economic Research, Hitotsubashi University. CEI Working Paper Series - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2005-business-groups-in-emerging-markets - Source: https://cei.ier.hit-u.ac.jp/English/pdf/wp2005-1.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20240222194653/https://cei.ier.hit-u.ac.jp/English/pdf/wp2005-1.pdf Tarun Khanna of Harvard Business School and Yishay Yafeh of Hebrew University survey the research on the family-run, multi-industry groups that dominate most emerging markets. They ask whether the groups are ‘paragons’ or ‘parasites.’ Their conclusion is that no verdict is possible yet: the studies used to condemn groups, on tunneling and rent-seeking, are less conclusive than they are usually read to be. On whether groups hold market power, they can offer only a conjecture. > Market power is more plausible in South Korea or in South Africa, where four or five leading groups account for the vast majority of market capitalization, than in India or Brazil, where the top groups account for less than 10 percent. But as of now, this is merely a conjecture. Excerpt of 50 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to CEI Working Paper Series. ### Director General (Investigation and Registration) v. Cement Manufacturers' Association - Kind: Monopolies & Restrictive Trade Practices Commission, New Delhi judgment - Date: 20 December 2007 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: Restrictive Trade Practices Enquiry No. 99 of 1990 - Credit: By M.M.K. Sardana - Held: The commission found the respondents guilty of restrictive trade practices under Section 33(1)(d), except three that had stopped operating before the period it examined. It ordered them not to fix prices in concert, directly or indirectly, whether through the Cement Manufacturers’ Association or otherwise. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2007-director-general-investigation-and-registration - Source: https://baionline.in/public/frontend/pdf/important_information/MRTP1.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250809124639/https://www.baionline.in/public/frontend/pdf/important_information/MRTP1.pdf In 1990 the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Commission issued a notice of enquiry against the Cement Manufacturers’ Association and 44 cement producers. The complaint was that they fixed the price of cement in an arbitrary and unjustified manner. Prices of several manufacturers in the same region were uniform, though the cost of production of different units differed. The bench did not decide the case until December 2007, when it held that the association had been the common platform through which the firms moved prices together, and ordered them to stop. It said the guilt would pass to successor companies if there was a change in management since the start of the enquiry. > In the present case, we have found direct as well as indirect evidence of concert. The existence of a common platform in the form of respondent No. which frequently reviews the price-situation is a strong pointer towards existence of a cartel. Admittedly, respondent No. has been fixing prices during the control regime. The same apparatus continues even now without any change. In this scenario, the simultaneous and frequent rise in prices by the respondents, although within a narrow band, would clearly indicate that the respondents acted in a concert. Excerpt of 89 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Prices, Markups and Trade Reform - Kind: Research paper - Date: 1 February 2016 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Jan De Loecker and Penny Goldberg and Amit Khandelwal and Nina Pavcnik. Microeconomic Insights. Microeconomic Insights - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2016-prices-markups-and-trade-reform - Source: https://microeconomicinsights.org/prices-markups-and-trade-reform/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260511053015/https://microeconomicinsights.org/prices-markups-and-trade-reform/ The paper behind this column looked at how the prices and markups of Indian firms moved after the tariff cuts India made in the early 1990s. When firms can charge above their costs, the pro-competitive channel says cheaper imports should force markups down and prices closer to costs. The source notes that this channel is absent from traditional trade models, which assume either perfect competition or markups that do not respond to policy. Here competition did push markups down on its own, but the tariff cuts also made imported inputs cheaper, and that effect lifted markups by more. On net markups rose, and prices fell by much less than costs. > The answer is surprising: we find that markups actually increased as a result of the tariff reductions. Prices still declined due to the cost reduction effect, but the prices facing consumers declined by much less than one would have expected in the absence of market power. Excerpt of 46 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Microeconomic Insights. ### Prices, Markups, and Trade Reform - Kind: Research paper - Date: March 2016 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: DOI: 10.3982/ECTA11042 - Credit: By Jan De Loecker and Pinelopi K. Goldberg and Amit K. Khandelwal and Nina Pavcnik. The Econometric Society. Econometrica, Vol. 84, No. 2 - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2016-prices-markups-and-trade-reform - Source: https://akhandelwal8.github.io/files/ecma_PMTR/PMTR.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20240518052757/https://akhandelwal8.github.io/files/ecma_PMTR/PMTR.pdf An Econometrica paper that measures what India’s tariff cuts did to factory-gate prices, marginal costs and markups, using product-level price and quantity data from Prowess, the CMIE’s firm database. Prices fell 18.1 percent and marginal costs 30.7 percent over 1989 to 1997, while markups rose 12.6 percent: firms kept much of the saving from cheaper imported inputs instead of passing it to buyers. It matters to this Long View because the markups it estimates vary widely across firms and products, and because it tests, and finds nothing distinctive about, firms that belong to Indian business groups. > Not surprisingly, we find that trade liberalization lowers factory-gate prices and that output tariff declines have the expected pro-competitive effects. However, the price declines are small relative to the declines in marginal costs, which fall predominantly because of the input tariff liberalization. The reason for this incomplete cost pass-through to prices is that firms offset their reductions in marginal costs by raising markups. Excerpt of 63 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Econometrica, Vol. 84, No. 2. ### In Re: Builders Association of India - Kind: Judgment - Date: 31 August 2016 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: Case No. 29 of 2010 - Held: The Commission found no abuse of dominance under Section 4, because no single firm or group was in a position to operate independent of competitive forces. At paragraph 286 it held that the cement companies had used the Cement Manufacturers’ Association to share details of prices, capacity utilisation, production and dispatch. That restricted production and supply, contrary to Section 3(1) read with Section 3(3)(b). And they had acted in concert to fix prices, contrary to Section 3(1) read with Section 3(3)(a). - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2016-in-re-builders-association-of - Source: https://cci.gov.in/images/whatsnew/en/final-order-291652520915.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260930020707/https://cci.gov.in/images/whatsnew/en/final-order-291652520915.pdf The Commission decided this case twice. It found the cement makers in contravention in June 2012, and the appellate tribunal set that order aside in December 2015. This fresh order followed hearings in January 2016. It found no abuse of dominance, since no single firm or group was in a position to operate independent of competitive forces. But at paragraph 286 it held that the cement companies had used the Cement Manufacturers’ Association as a platform to share details of prices, capacity utilisation, production and dispatch. That, it held, restricted production and supply, and the companies had acted in concert to fix prices. The DG’s investigation report described the cement industry as oligopolistic, with the Holcim group controlling ACC and Ambuja and the Birla group controlling UltraTech. The top three companies held about 40% of the total market share. > As regards the prevailing market structure in the cement industry, the DG has submitted that there are two groups comprising of three companies who have pan-India presence. The Holcim Group which controls ACC Ltd. and Ambuja Cements Ltd. and the Birla Group which controls UltraTech Cements Ltd.. The top three companies viz. ACC Ltd., Ambuja Cements Ltd. and UltraTech Cement Ltd. have about 40% of the total market share. Excerpt of 69 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Amazon’s Antitrust Paradox - Kind: Research paper - Date: 2017 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Lina M. Khan. The Yale Law Journal, Vol. 126, p. 710 - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2017-amazons-antitrust-paradox - Source: https://yalelawjournal.org/pdf/e.710.Khan.805_zuvfyyeh.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260908064250/https://yalelawjournal.org/pdf/e.710.Khan.805_zuvfyyeh.pdf Lina M. Khan’s note in the Yale Law Journal argues that American antitrust lost the means to see a firm like Amazon once it took up the Chicago school’s test. That test measures competition by short-run prices and treats market power as harmless until prices rise. She follows that test through the law on predatory pricing and vertical integration, and sets out Amazon’s strategy of sustained losses and expansion across many lines of business. She offers two answers: restore a test built on competitive process and market structure, or regulate dominant platforms as common carriers. It is the American strand of the argument over concentrated business power that this Long View follows. > Due to a change in legal thinking and practice in the 1970s and 1980s, antitrust law now assesses competition largely with an eye to the short-term interests of consumers, not producers or the health of the market as a whole; antitrust doctrine views low consumer prices, alone, to be evidence of sound competition. … It is as if Bezos charted the company’s growth by first drawing a map of antitrust laws, and then devising routes to smoothly bypass them. Excerpt of 79 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Yale Law Journal, Vol. 126, p. 710. ### In Re: Bharti Airtel Limited - Kind: Judgment - Date: 9 June 2017 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: Case No. 3 of 2017 - Credit: By Devender Kumar Sikri and S. L. Bunker and Sudhir Mital and Augustine Peter and U. C. Nahta and Justice G. P. Mittal - Held: The Commission found no prima facie case that Reliance Jio or Reliance Industries broke Sections 3 or 4 of the Competition Act, and closed the complaint. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2017-in-re-bharti-airtel-limited - Source: https://www.cci.gov.in/images/antitrustorder/en/0320171652338122.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260306050434/https://www.cci.gov.in/images/antitrustorder/en/0320171652338122.pdf On 9 June 2017 the Competition Commission of India closed Bharti Airtel’s complaint against Reliance Jio Infocomm and its parent, Reliance Industries, without ordering an investigation. Airtel called Jio’s free voice and data offers, running since September 2016, predatory pricing, and said Reliance’s money was paying for it. The Commission found Jio was not dominant: it held 6.4 per cent of wireless subscribers, and never more than 7 per cent in any circle. It held that an entrant’s short-term strategy of attractive offers to penetrate the market cannot be considered anti-competitive in nature. Without dominance, it noted, the question of examining the alleged abuse did not arise. > However, the Informant has not demonstrated reduction of competition or elimination of any competitor nor has any intent to that effect is demonstrated. The Commission notes that providing free services cannot by itself raise competition concerns unless the same is offered by a dominant enterprise and shown to be tainted with an anti-competitive objective of excluding competition/ competitors, which does not seem to be the case in the instant matter as the relevant market is characterised by the presence of entrenched players with sustained business presence and financial strength. Excerpt of 89 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Ambuja Cements Limited v. Competition Commission of India & Ors. - Kind: Judgment - Date: 25 July 2018 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: TA(AT) (Compt) No. 22 of 2017 - Credit: By Sudhansu Jyoti Mukhopadhaya and Balvinder Singh - Held: The Tribunal dismissed the appeals of the cement companies and their association. It agreed that they had fixed prices and limited supply in breach of Section 3(3)(a) and 3(3)(b) of the Competition Act, 2002, and left the penalty, already the minimum, undisturbed. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2018-ambuja-cements-limited-v-competition - Source: https://nclat.nic.in/sites/default/files/migration/upload/9924885005c514c82465bf.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260208155756/https://nclat.nic.in/sites/default/files/migration/upload/9924885005c514c82465bf.pdf India’s competition tribunal upheld the finding that 11 cement companies and their association ran a cartel, and dismissed their appeals. The companies argued that parallel prices were ordinary in a commodity where everyone can see everyone’s prices, and that no agreement had been shown. The Tribunal answered that the association’s own minutes, and its collection and circulation of each member’s prices, production and dispatches, proved a meeting of minds. It added that the market had been looked at state by state and region by region. A cartel, it held, need be proved only on a balance of probabilities, and the minimum penalty stood. > They were openly circulating the sale price of cement of each of the Cement Companies, though they were competitors. The Government of India if called for details of the Companies, the respective companies could have sent it themselves in a sealed cover. But, it was sent to the competitors who were discussing not only the sale price of the cement but also the order issued by one of the company from Government of U.P. From the aforesaid facts based on evidence, there will be one conclusion that there was meeting of minds between the Appellants with regard to the fixation of sale price of cement and for regulating its supply and production. Excerpt of 112 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Finance Ministry, NITI Aayog guidelines ignored in airport privatisation - Kind: Report - Date: 27 July 2019 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Jagriti Chandra. The Hindu. The Hindu - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2019-finance-ministry-niti-aayog-guidelines - Source: https://www.thehindu.com/business/Industry/finance-ministry-niti-aayog-guidelines-ignored-in-airport-privatisation/article28733682.ece - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250323001844/https://www.thehindu.com/business/Industry/finance-ministry-niti-aayog-guidelines-ignored-in-airport-privatisation/article28733682.ece The Hindu’s account, built on the record of the 85th PPP Appraisal Committee, of how the Centre cleared the leasing of airports owned by the Airports Authority of India. The Finance Ministry’s Department of Economic Affairs asked for a cap on the number of airports a single bidder could take, and NITI Aayog wanted prior operation and management experience. The committee cited an Empowered Group of Secretaries decision and set both aside. Three days after that meeting the Airports Authority of India floated its tender, and Adani Enterprises Limited was declared the highest bidder for all six airports, with the suggestions of the government’s own advisers on the file. > In its note, the DEA noted unequivocally, “the six airport projects are highly capital intensive projects, hence it is suggested to incorporate the clause that no more than two Airports will be awarded to the same bidder duly factoring the high financial risk and performance issues. Awarding them to different companies would also facilitate yardstick competition.” Excerpt of 56 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Hindu. ### Pro-Business versus Pro-Crony - Kind: Chapter of the Economic Survey - Date: 2020 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Government of India. Economic Survey 2019-20, Volume 1 - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2020-pro-business-versus-pro-crony - Source: https://www.indiabudget.gov.in/budget2020-21/economicsurvey/doc/vol1chapter/echap03_vol1.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20220805210036/https://www.indiabudget.gov.in/budget2020-21/economicsurvey/doc/vol1chapter/echap03_vol1.pdf The Economic Survey for 2019–20 gave a chapter to the difference between policy that makes firms compete and policy that favours the well connected, and used the Sensex as its measure of churn. A firm entering the index in 1986 could have expected sixty years on it; the survey puts the expected stay now at twelve. It reports that an index of firms with political connections beat the market by 7 per cent a year from 2007 to 2010, then underperformed by 7.5 per cent from 2011. > Despite impressive progress in enabling competitive markets, pro-crony has destroyed value in the economy. For example, an equity index of connected firms significantly outperformed the market by 7 per cent a year from 2007 to 2010, reflecting abnormal profits extracted at common citizens’ expense. In contrast, the index underperforms the market by 7.5 per cent from 2011, reflecting the inefficiency and value destruction inherent in such firms. Excerpt of 67 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Economic Survey 2019-20, Volume 1. ### Understanding India’s Economic Slowdown - Kind: Reporting - Date: 20 January 2020 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By R Nagaraj. The India Forum - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2020-understanding-indias-economic-slowdown - Source: https://www.theindiaforum.in/article/understanding-india-s-economic-slowdown - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260606104957/https://www.theindiaforum.in/article/understanding-india-s-economic-slowdown R Nagaraj’s I G Patel Memorial Lecture, published in The India Forum, traces where the credit of the 2000s boom went. Bank credit to the private corporate sector grew at an unprecedented pace and a large share reached big business and politically connected firms; when the boom broke, their unpaid loans became the banks’ bad debts. Nagaraj argues the decade of distress that followed was made at home by policy, and that a government which saw crony capitalism and weak bank screening missed a collapse in demand that public investment could have answered. > The ‘Dream Run’ was also a debt-led growth with bank credit to the private corporate sector (PCS) burgeoning at an unprecedented pace; a large share accrued to big business and politically connected firms. These resources went into infrastructure projects such as roads, ports, coal, and thermal power plants (Nagaraj, 2013). Excerpt of 50 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The India Forum. ### Regulatory Measures to Dismantle Pyramidal Business Groups: Evidence from the United States, Japan, Korea and Israel - Kind: Research paper - Date: 6 October 2020 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: DP15342 - Credit: By Assaf Hamdani and Konstantin Kosenko and Yishay Yafeh. CEPR Press. CEPR Discussion Papers - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2020-regulatory-measures-to-dismantle-pyramidal - Source: https://cepr.org/publications/DP15342 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20240625080114/https://cepr.org/publications/dp15342 Assaf Hamdani, Konstantin Kosenko and Yishay Yafeh compare how the United States, Japan, Korea and Israel each went after the large corporate entities they call pyramidal business groups, Korea’s chaebol among them. Korea tried several kinds of rules, then settled on corporate governance reform, and its groups still dominate the economy. Where governments wrote rules aimed at the pyramids and applied them consistently over years, with politics on their side, the groups went. > Korea, after experimenting with variety of regulatory measures, chose to rely primarily on corporate governance-focused reforms to curb the influence of the chaebol, but with limited effects; groups continue to dominate the Korean economy. Our findings point to the importance of specifically-designed regulatory tools, applied consistently over time, against the backdrop of a pro-reform political climate. Excerpt of 56 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to CEPR Discussion Papers. ### Market Study on the Telecom Sector in India: Key Findings and Observations - Kind: Reporting - Date: 22 January 2021 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Competition Commission of India. Competition Commission of India. Competition Commission of India - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2021-market-study-on-the-telecom - Source: https://www.cci.gov.in/images/whatsnew/en/market-study-on-the-telecom-sector-in-india1652177923.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260623145808/https://www.cci.gov.in/images/whatsnew/en/market-study-on-the-telecom-sector-in-india1652177923.pdf The Competition Commission of India began this study of the telecom market in January 2020 and published its key findings in January 2021, with the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER) as implementation partner. It describes a market that consolidated until Jio, Airtel and Vodafone-Idea owned almost 88.4 per cent of it, and where average industry revenue fell in every year from 2016–17 to 2018–19. When the incumbents asked the regulator to fix a floor price, the Commission advised it to keep tariff forbearance. > The prevailing market structure validates the empirical finding expressed as the rule of three, which predicts that mature markets normally support three main competitors, others who survive, are limited to the fringes or a niche. The three major private sector operators, namely Jio, Airtel and Vodafone-Idea own almost 88.4 per cent of the market. As of April 2020, Reliance Jio has the highest market share with respect to subscribers (33.3 per cent). Excerpt of 72 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Competition Commission of India. ### Mr. Umar Javeed, Ms. Sukarma Thapar and Mr. Aaqib Javeed v. Google LLC and Google India Private Limited - Kind: Order - Date: 20 October 2022 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: Case No. 39 of 2018 - Held: The Director General’s investigation found Google dominant in the five relevant markets it examined. The Commission held that the anti-fragmentation agreement, which stops handset makers developing competing versions of Android, is a covenant not to compete. Together with the Mobile Application Distribution Agreement, it eliminates a potential distribution channel for rival app developers and restricts competition in the operating system and general search markets. - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2022-mr-umar-javeed-ms-sukarma - Source: https://www.cci.gov.in/images/antitrustorder/en/order1666344260.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250531164046/https://www.cci.gov.in/images/antitrustorder/en/order1666344260.pdf The Competition Commission’s order on a complaint by three consumers of Android phones against Google. The Commission found that a phone maker wanting to preload even Google’s Play Store had to sign agreements committing it to preinstall Google’s full suite of apps. Through this tying, it found, Google used Android to cement the dominance of its search engine. The Commission’s own chart put Android at 98.50% of smartphone and tablet shipments in India at the end of 2018. > Through the tying arrangement, Google has used Android as a vehicle, especially, to cement the dominance of its search engine. Google’s strategy rests on the reach, scale and market power of Android, which allows Google to have control over a vast majority of smart mobile devices that serve as key gateways to the internet. Keeping Android OS open and ‘free’ of monetary consideration is thus in as much Google’s interest as it claims it to be for the OEMs and users. Combined with the power of Android is the dominance that Google enjoys over Play Store which has attained unparalleled market position benefitting from huge indirect network effects, resulting in an overwhelming dependence of users, app developers and consequently of the OEMs. Its gatekeeper position in the Android mobile ecosystem thus makes Google well placed to leverage its power to protect and further enhance its dominance in online search by making it difficult for rival search service providers to enter and compete effectively in the mobile search space. The well-regarded benefits of the open-source system of Android cannot legitimize an exclusionary conduct that causes harm to competition in any specific area/markets. Excerpt of 191 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### India at 75: Replete with Contradictions, Brimming with Opportunities, Saddled with Challenges - Kind: Research - Date: 30 March 2023 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Viral V Acharya. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2023-india-at-75-replete-with - Source: https://w4.stern.nyu.edu/sternfin/vacharya/public_html/pdfs/Brookings%20India%20piece%20Acharya%20March%202023%20v15.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260903001201/https://w4.stern.nyu.edu/sternfin/vacharya/public_html/pdfs/Brookings%20India%20piece%20Acharya%20March%202023%20v15.pdf Viral Acharya wrote this paper for the Spring 2023 Brookings Papers on Economic Activity conference, and the part that belongs in this Long View is his count of how concentrated Indian industry has become. With Rahul Singh Chauhan, working from CMIE’s Prowess Dx database, he finds the largest non-financial groups losing ground after the 1991 reforms and then gaining from 2015. By 2021 the Big-5 of Reliance, Tata, Aditya Birla, Adani and Bharti Telecom held nearly 18% of non-financial sector assets, while the next five groups fell under 9%. He links that market power to markups back at their 1990s level and to higher wholesale price inflation, and proposes dismantling the largest conglomerates. > In particular, their share in total assets of the non-financial sectors rose from 10% in 1991 to nearly 18% in 2021, whereas the share of the next big five (Big 6-10) business groups fell from 18% in 1992 to less than 9%. In other words, Big-5 grew not just at the expense of the smallest firms, but also of the next largest firms. Excerpt of 63 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Brookings Papers on Economic Activity. ### The Competition (Amendment) Act, 2023 - Kind: Act - Date: 11 April 2023 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: No. 9 of 2023 - Credit: The Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 1 - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2023-the-competition-amendment-act-2023 - Source: https://www.cci.gov.in/images/legalframeworkact/en/the-competition-amendment-act-20231681363446.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260917065442/https://www.cci.gov.in/images/legalframeworkact/en/the-competition-amendment-act-20231681363446.pdf Parliament passed this Act to amend the Competition Act, 2002, and it reaches combination thresholds, cartel penalties and investigation powers, and adds settlement and commitment provisions. Once it is brought into force, a new test applies to deals for control, shares, voting rights or assets of an enterprise, and to mergers. Such a deal will count as a combination if it is worth more than rupees two thousand crore and the target has substantial business operations in India. For the purposes of section 5, a group means two or more enterprises where one can exercise twenty-six per cent of the voting rights in the other, appoint more than half its board, or control its management or affairs. Failing to notify a deal can cost up to one per cent of the total turnover or assets or the deal value, whichever is higher. Each member of a cartel faces up to three times its profit or ten per cent of its turnover or income for each year the agreement ran, whichever is higher. A firm under inquiry over a vertical agreement, one between firms at different stages of a supply chain, or over abuse of dominance, may apply to settle on payment of an amount or offer commitments, which the Commission may accept. No appeal lies against either order. > (d) value of any transaction, in connection with acquisition of any control, shares, voting rights or assets of an enterprise, merger or amalgamation exceeds rupees two thousand crore: Provided that the enterprise which is being acquired, taken control of, merged or amalgamated has such substantial business operations in India as may be specified by regulations. Excerpt of 55 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 1. ### Ecowrap: Factually Incorrect to Conjecture That Industrial Concentration Power Dictates Pricing Capacity of Firms in India: Corporate Ecosystem in India Thrives on Coexistence of Large & Small Players - Kind: Research - Date: 23 April 2023 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Soumya Kanti Ghosh. State Bank of India. Ecowrap, Issue No. 04, FY23 - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2023-ecowrap-factually-incorrect-to-conjecture - Source: https://sbi.bank.in/documents/13958/36530824/240423-Ecowrap_20230423.pdf/fa4690e0-ddf9-2cb6-59af-dcbd33e2fbd2?t=1682313253274 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260930020523/https://sbi.bank.in/documents/13958/36530824/240423-Ecowrap_20230423.pdf/fa4690e0-ddf9-2cb6-59af-dcbd33e2fbd2?t=1682313253274 SBI Research tested the claim that the pricing power of a few big firms keeps India’s core inflation high, and rejected it. An index that reweights the consumer price index by how concentrated each sector is stayed below core CPI from January 2015, rising above it from January to November 2020 and also further during the pandemic, as supply disruptions weighed heavily. The bank’s model traced general inflation to food: a 1% increase in food CPI raised general CPI by 0.6% between April 2014 and February 2023. Its economists also found Indian companies outlast those elsewhere, with nearly 45% trading for more than 20 years. > The resultant “CPI Concentration Index” results show that estimated Concentration CPI is consistently less than the Core CPI since January’15. … The findings in fact suggest that the increase in prices during the pandemic was more on account of supply chain and logistical disruptions caused by the pandemic and after the outbreak of the war in Ukraine rather than firms increasing prices because of higher pricing power. Excerpt of 67 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Ecowrap, Issue No. 04, FY23. ### 2023 Merger Guidelines - Kind: Report - Date: 18 December 2023 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission. U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission. U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2023-2023-merger-guidelines - Source: https://www.justice.gov/d9/2023-12/2023%20Merger%20Guidelines.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260918033030/https://www.justice.gov/d9/2023-12/2023%20Merger%20Guidelines.pdf The US Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission issued these guidelines in December 2023 to set out how they choose which mergers to challenge under the Sherman, Clayton and FTC Acts. They are the American half of the question this Long View follows: how concentrated a market may get before the law steps in. They answer it with a hard threshold. A deal that leaves a market above 1,800 on the Herfindahl-Hirschman Index, and lifts it by more than 100 points, is presumed unlawful unless the parties rebut it. The same document lets the agencies weigh a firm’s whole run of takeovers as one strategy, and says the economies a merger promises cannot excuse it. > Tacit coordination can lessen competition even when it does not rise to the level of an agreement and would not itself violate the law. For example, in a concentrated market a firm may forego or soften an aggressive competitive action because it anticipates rivals responding in kind. This harmful behavior is more common the more concentrated markets become, as it is easier to predict the reactions of rivals when there are fewer of them. Excerpt of 74 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission. ### Parliamentary panel suggests route-specific capping of airfares - Kind: Reporting - Date: 9 February 2024 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By PTI. The Indian Express. The Indian Express - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2024-parliamentary-panel-suggests-route-specific - Source: https://indianexpress.com/article/india/parliamentary-panel-route-specific-capping-airfares-9152600/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20240315132229/https://indianexpress.com/article/india/parliamentary-panel-route-specific-capping-airfares-9152600/ A standing committee of Parliament has told the government that airlines cannot be left to police their own ticket prices, and it wants a route-by-route ceiling on fares plus a separate body with quasi-judicial powers to control what carriers charge. The report says fares are set by revenue management and the drive to maximise shareholder value, and that self regulation by the airlines has not worked. It belongs here as a working example of how the argument over market power plays out in one industry. > In the report, the panel said it has come across various instances where there has been abnormal increase in airfares especially during festivals or holidays, and is of the opinion that self regulation by airlines has not been effective and also recommended that a mechanism may be evolved whereby DGCA is empowered to regulate air tariffs. Excerpt of 56 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Indian Express. ### Why tariff hikes by Airtel, Jio,Vi were inevitable - Kind: Reporting - Date: 28 June 2024 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Soumyarendra Barik. The Indian Express. The Indian Express - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2024-why-tariff-hikes-by-airtel - Source: https://indianexpress.com/article/explained/explained-economics/tariff-hikes-by-bharti-airtel-reliance-jio-inevitable-arpu-9420265/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260609070403/https://indianexpress.com/article/explained/explained-economics/tariff-hikes-by-bharti-airtel-reliance-jio-inevitable-arpu-9420265/ This Indian Express report records Reliance Jio, Bharti Airtel and Vodafone Idea announcing tariff rises within hours of each other in June 2024. It also gives the industry’s own case for them: that what a subscriber pays each month is too low for the business to stay healthy. Jio, which a JP Morgan note calls the sector’s price setter, led the round this time, and the bank reads that as a statement of intent that its focus has shifted from share gains to monetisation. > Jio premiumised 5G access by increasing the threshold for unlimited 5G data to 2GB/day plans from 1.5GB/day plans that effectively drives a 46 per cent increase in tariffs for 5G users, 2x the overall hikes driving 5G monetisation Excerpt of 38 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Indian Express. ### Anti-big, Anti-global? India's Competition Law and Policy for Dominant Enterprises - Kind: Research paper - Date: July 2024 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Shreyas Narla. Mercatus Center at George Mason University. Mercatus Research - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2024-anti-big-anti-global-indias - Source: https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2024-07/4971_Narla_Ati-Big_Anti_Global_MR_v1_compressed.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260216044651/https://the1991project.com/sites/default/files/2024-07/4971_Narla_Ati-Big_Anti_Global_MR_v1_compressed.pdf A Mercatus research paper on India’s competition law, arguing that the Competition Act, 2002 and the Competition Commission of India carry an anti-big bias inherited from the MRTP Act, 1969, and often equate size with wrongdoing. It records that the five largest conglomerates (Reliance, Tata, Aditya Birla, Adani and Bharti Telecom) raised their share of assets in more than 40 major nonfinancial sectors from 10 percent in 1991 to 18 percent in 2021. Over the same years the next five biggest groups fell from 18 percent in 1992 to less than 9 percent in 2021. It asks that Section 4 be amended so harm to competition and consumers must be shown, and that Section 28, which lets the CCI break up firms, be dropped. > The big five conglomerates in India—Reliance (Mukesh Ambani) Group, Tata Group, Aditya Birla Group, Adani Group, and Bharti Telecom—now have a finger in every pie, from metals and minerals to retail and telecommunications. … Their share in total assets of these sectors grew from 10 percent in 1991 to 18 percent in 2021. And the share of the next five biggest groups shrank from 18 percent in 1992 to less than 9 percent in 2021. Excerpt of 75 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Mercatus Research. ### Tariff hike by telecom companies complies with the prescribed regulatory framework: DoT - Kind: News report - Date: 6 July 2024 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Rakesh Kumar. The New Indian Express. The New Indian Express - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2024-tariff-hike-by-telecom-companies - Source: https://www.newindianexpress.com/business/2024/Jul/06/tariff-hike-by-telecom-companies-complies-with-the-prescribed-regulatory-framework-dot - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260508205530/https://www.newindianexpress.com/business/2024/Jul/06/tariff-hike-by-telecom-companies-complies-with-the-prescribed-regulatory-framework-dot The Congress attacked last week’s mobile tariff hikes as an extra burden on customers, and the Ministry of Communication answered the next day. In a press statement, the Department of Telecommunications said the increases were made under the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India Act, 1997, which gives TRAI the power to set telecom rates. For the past two decades TRAI has determined mobile rates under forbearance. The government also said that with three private players and one public sector player, the mobile services market operates under the forces of demand and supply, and pointed to heavy 5G spending by some of the service providers. > The DoT also highlighted that the tariff hike was implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) Act 1997, which empowers TRAI as an independent regulator to set telecom service rates in the country. It noted that for the past two decades, mobile service rates have been determined under forbearance by TRAI. Excerpt of 58 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The New Indian Express. ### Passengers Satisfaction at Adani-operated Airport - Kind: Parliamentary answer - Date: 4 August 2025 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: Rajya Sabha Unstarred Question No. 1627 - Credit: By Murlidhar Mohol - Figure: 4.96 average score out of five for private-operated airports in the 2024 Airport Service Quality survey Source: Airport Service Quality (ASQ) Survey by Airport Council International, as cited in the reply to Rajya Sabha Unstarred Question No. 1627 - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2025-passengers-satisfaction-at-adani-operated - Source: https://sansad.in/getFile/annex/268/AU1627_1JpsMN.pdf?source=pqars - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260105081605/https://sansad.in/getFile/annex/268/AU1627_1JpsMN.pdf?source=pqars Seven airports of the Airports Authority of India (Mumbai, Lucknow, Ahmedabad, Mangaluru, Jaipur, Guwahati and Thiruvananthapuram) are now operated and managed by subsidiaries of Adani Airports Holdings, the government told the Rajya Sabha on 4 August 2025. Private airports averaged 4.96 out of five in the 2024 Airport Service Quality survey run by Airport Council International; AAI’s own airports averaged 4.81. The user development fee is typically higher at leased and PPP airports, the reply says, because the capital spending on infrastructure there is far larger than at AAI’s airports. > Currently, seven airports of AAI viz. Mumbai, Lucknow, Ahmedabad, Mangaluru, Jaipur, Guwahati and Thiruvananthapuram are being operated and managed by subsidiaries of Adani Airports Holdings Ltd (AAHL). … The Capital Expenditure (CAPEX) infusion for infrastructure upgradation at JV/PPP/Leased airport is substantially higher in comparison to AAI Airports. Hence, UDF levied at JV/PPP/Leased airports is typically higher due to incurrence of substantially more CAPEX. Excerpt of 63 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. ### Business Groups, Concentration and Market Power in India - Kind: Research - Date: 2026 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Citation: https://doi.org/10.1093/wber/lhag026 - Credit: By Simon Commander and Saul Estrin and Naveen Joseph Thomas and Varun Lingineni. Oxford University Press, on behalf of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / The World Bank. The World Bank Economic Review - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2026-business-groups-concentration-and-market - Source: https://doi.org/10.1093/wber/lhag026 The top 25 family business groups ended two decades of liberalisation with a larger share of India’s economy than they began it: their revenues rose from 11 to 15 percent of GDP between 2001 and 2020. Working from CMIE Prowess records on nearly 500,000 observations, Simon Commander, Saul Estrin, Naveen Joseph Thomas and Varun Lingineni measure concentration industry by industry. They find that the fall in concentration across India came mainly from the shrinking state sector, while a block of industries stayed highly concentrated. For the largest groups, the ratio of sales to variable costs turned up after 2013, a rise of 16 percent by 2020. > Despite continuing market liberalization since 2000 and some evidence of declining concentration as a result, business groups –especially family-owned ones—have retained a leading place in the Indian economy. Explicitly encouraged and favored by public policy, particularly before 1990, these groups have very successfully entrenched themselves. The top 25 FBGs’ revenues accounted for > 15 percent of GDP in 2020. Further, there has been limited turnover in their ranks, even in the face of market liberalization. Excerpt of 75 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The World Bank Economic Review. ### IndiGo and Air India Hold 91% of Domestic Aviation Market, Govt Tells Parliament - Kind: Report - Date: 31 March 2026 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By The Wire Staff. The Wire. The Wire - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2026-indigo-and-air-india-hold - Source: https://m.thewire.in/article/travel/indigo-and-air-india-hold-91-of-domestic-aviation-market-govt-tells-parliament - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260419112356/https://m.thewire.in/article/travel/indigo-and-air-india-hold-91-of-domestic-aviation-market-govt-tells-parliament The civil aviation ministry’s written reply to a Rajya Sabha question, reported here, sets out the government’s own count of how few airlines sell most domestic seats. It lists the market share held by each major and regional carrier, the flights IndiGo cancelled during its December 2025 meltdown, the passengers affected and the compensation the minister says it has paid. The crisis followed new duty-time rules that IndiGo was accused of failing to plan for adequately. For the December 3 to 5 cancellations the airline cited crew shortages, though for the month’s disruptions it said it could not pinpoint the exact cause. > In a written reply to Trinamool Congress (TMC) MP Sagarika Ghose in the Rajya Sabha, minister of state for civil aviation Murlidhar Mohol said that Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) data for 2025 shows IndiGo holds a nearly 64% market share, and the Air India Group holds 27%. “Together, these two airlines hold 91% of the domestic market,” Mohol said in the reply. Excerpt of 64 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Wire. ### Results presentation – Q4 & FY26 - Kind: Earnings presentation - Date: 30 April 2026 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Limited. Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Limited. Earnings presentation - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2026-results-presentation-q4-fy26 - Source: https://www.adaniports.com/-/media/project/ports/investor/investor-downloads/operational-highlights/q4-fy26-v1.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260614231250/https://www.adaniports.com/-/media/project/ports/investor/investor-downloads/operational-highlights/q4-fy26-v1.pdf The results deck Adani Ports and Special Economic Zone Limited took to investors for the quarter and year ended March 2026. It maps the reach of the company’s ports business: 653 million tonnes of port capacity, 136 marine vessels, 12 multi-modal logistics parks and 3.1 million sq ft of warehouses. It gives the company’s own figures for its market share: 27.1% of all cargo handled in India and 45.5% of its container traffic. > In the last decade, APSEZ domestic port volume growth was ~2x industry growth … APSEZ targets 850 MMT domestic cargo volume by 2030 Excerpt of 23 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Earnings presentation. ### In 2020, India's Big Five Family Businesses Held Over 60% of Top 25 FBGs' Revenues Combined: Study - Kind: Reporting - Date: 16 August 2026 - Added: 30 September 2026 - Credit: By The Wire Staff. The Wire. The Wire - Anchor: /long-view/4-india-business-groups-market-power/#e-2026-in-2020-indias-big-five - Source: https://m.thewire.in/article/business/indias-big-five-family-business-goups-study/amp - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260930020459/https://m.thewire.in/article/business/indias-big-five-family-business-goups-study/amp The Wire reports on a study in the World Bank Economic Review, ‘Business Groups, Concentration and Market Power in India’, on how far India’s biggest family business groups dominate corporate income. The study found that market concentration fell after liberalisation as the public sector shrank, yet the large groups kept their hold and spread into new sectors, and their mark-ups rose sharply after slipping a little between 2000 and 2013. > The study noted that the concentration in the market has reduced as competitiveness increased after liberalisation. However, it did not prevent these family businesses from dominating the market. … On the concentration of market power, the authors crucially noted, while the FBGs’ mark-ups indicate these declined marginally between 2000 and 2013, it “then rose sharply, a change strongly correlated with increases in concentration at NIC-3 level”. Excerpt of 66 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Wire. --- Life in India keeps this Long View at the URL above. Entries are other people’s work, credited in full and linked first. Licence: our notes, "Where things stand" and the record as data are CC BY 4.0 (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/); credit "Life in India" with a link. Quotations belong to their authors and publishers. See /licence/. --- # Long View 5 · Nights that do not cool, deaths that go uncounted: India's heat First-language title (hi): रातें तपती हैं, मौतें गिनी नहीं जातीं > India's nights are warming and humid heat is spreading, while official counts of heat deaths stay small beside every study of deaths above normal. Researchers, reporters and the state record who heat falls on, what it costs, and what protects people. A record of how India's heat is changing, by day and by night; how it kills and why the deaths go uncounted; the workers and households it falls on; and what heat action plans, insurance and disaster funds do, and fail to do. - Opened: 1 October 2026 - Kept by: The editors - Entries: 56 - Where things stand: revision 1, 01.10.2026 - Canonical URL: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/ ## Where things stand (revision 1, 1 October 2026) India is getting hotter in ways the midday thermometer does not show. Across the country the nights have warmed and humid heat has grown more common, and heat of this kind kills mostly by straining the heart, the kidneys and the lungs. Those deaths are usually written down as something else. India's official counts of heat deaths run from a few dozen to under two thousand a year, while studies that count every death above normal put the toll of a single very hot day in the thousands. The burden falls on people who cannot stop work or get somewhere cool: farm labourers, brick moulders, delivery riders, and families in rooms under tin roofs. The weather office counts 2024 as [the warmest year since national records began in 1901](https://wmo.int/sites/default/files/2026-01/20260101_pr_4602.pdf#page=1), 0.65°C above the 1991–2020 average, and ten of the fifteen warmest years have come since 2011. A national average hides how the heat has changed. Measured over the whole country in a reanalysis of past weather, days that reach 40°C are about as common as they were in the 1950s, while nights that stay at or above 26°C and days of dangerous humid heat have multiplied, as the charts with that strand show. In northern India, irrigation and haze have kept winter days cooler than they would otherwise be, and researchers at Harvard warn that [the historical record understates the warming to come](https://salatainstitute.harvard.edu/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/April-2026-Critical-Perspectives-on-Extreme-Heat-in-India_web.pdf#page=16) as groundwater runs down and the air is cleaned. Cities have warmed fastest after dark. Satellite readings of 141 cities show their ground [warming at night about twice as fast as India as a whole](https://www.nature.com/articles/s44284-024-00074-0), part of it the urban heat island, the heat that concrete and asphalt store by day and release at night. Humidity has risen too, and it matters because the body cools by sweating, which damp air slows. On a day when Mumbai's thermometer read 33.9°C, the air [felt like 46°C](https://scroll.in/article/1082029/rising-humidity-is-dangerous-and-its-making-indias-hot-summers-worse). The heat index captures that combination of temperature and humidity, as does the wet-bulb temperature physiologists use. India still declares a heatwave by daytime temperature, and [night temperatures are not a primary criterion](https://india.mongabay.com/2026/06/science-confirms-what-indians-experience-nights-are-now-warmer/). How dangerous heat is in a place depends on more than its temperature: on humidity, on how many people live there, and on how old, poor or ill they are. An index built by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water puts [57 per cent of India's districts, home to 76 per cent of its people, at high or very high risk](https://www.ceew.in/sites/default/files/mapping-climate-risks-and-impacts-of-extreme-heatwave-disaster-in-indian-districts.pdf#page=11). The same council's earlier index of climate vulnerability, built around floods, droughts and cyclones, left heat out, and researchers have argued that the government's own index [understates heat's threat](https://journals.plos.org/climate/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pclm.0000156&type=printable#page=1) in the same way. Among the largest cities, Chennai, Mumbai, Kolkata and Ahmedabad rank as [the riskiest for health](https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2772655X24000582). Heat stroke, when the body's temperature runs out of control, is only the visible edge of heat's toll. Most people who die in a heatwave die of [heart attacks and strokes brought on by the strain of keeping cool](https://salatainstitute.harvard.edu/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/April-2026-Critical-Perspectives-on-Extreme-Heat-in-India_web.pdf#page=21), and deaths begin at temperatures well below the limits of survival. Even the famous limit, a wet-bulb temperature of 35°C, is set too high: young, healthy volunteers in a laboratory [could not hold their body temperature steady above about 31°C](https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8799385/) in humid air. So the way to see what heat does is to count all deaths and compare them with what is normal for the place and season, which researchers call excess deaths. When this was done for Ahmedabad's heatwave of May 2010, the city had [1,344 more deaths than in the same weeks of the years either side, a rise of 43%](https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0091831&type=printable#page=1). A study of ten cities over 2008 to 2019 put heatwave deaths at [about 1,116 a year in those cities alone](https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11790314/), and researchers at Berkeley who carried its estimates to every district found that [one day of extreme heat brings about 3,400 extra deaths across India](https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/environmental-health/articles/10.3389/fenvh.2026.1789071/pdf#page=1). These are estimates from models with wide margins, and they measure something different from the official counts. The evidence has a complication. The first study of temperature and death to use deaths sampled from across India, covering 2001 to 2013, found that [moderately cold weather was linked to far more deaths than extreme heat](https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.1002619&type=printable#page=1). Its data end in 2013, before the heatwaves of 2015 and 2024, and its hottest band stops at a daily mean of 39.7°C, so it is no reason to think heat a minor killer. It does show how thin the national evidence still is. Some harms are barely measured at all. Women in Tamil Nadu doing heavy work in the heat miscarried at [more than twice the rate](https://www.downtoearth.org.in/health/occupational-heat-exposure-doubles-risk-of-miscarriages-or-stillbirths-95200) of women in jobs with rest, water and shade, 5% against 2%. A review of research on how heat harms mental health [found only four studies worldwide](https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S266727822500029X) that explain it. India keeps at least four official counts of heat deaths, and [they disagree](https://indiatogether.org/heat-deaths-count/). The crime records bureau counts deaths the police record as heat or sunstroke; the disaster authority counts deaths during declared heatwaves; the weather office counts by its own heatwave days; the health ministry tracks heat stroke that hospitals report. For 2024, police records came to [1,832 deaths](https://www.ncrb.gov.in/uploads/files/6ADSI-2024Chapter-1AccidentalDeaths.pdf#page=9), the health ministry [confirmed 161](https://heathealth.info/wp-content/uploads/Report-of-Heat-Related-Activities-2024_NPCCHH-compressed.pdf#page=15), and a count of news reports [found 733](https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/seeing-red-india-had-over-700-heat-deaths-in-2024-much-higher-than-official-toll-claim-scientists). For 2025, when May was cooler than normal, the weather office put heatwave deaths at [approximately 35](https://wmo.int/sites/default/files/2026-01/20260101_pr_4602.pdf#page=6). Over 2009 to 2022 the government's own series [differ by thousands of deaths](https://factly.in/data-huge-discrepancies-in-data-on-heat-wave-related-deaths-reported-by-various-agencies-like-ndma-moes-ncrb/). The counts are small because a heat death is hard to certify. Under the national guidelines, a body temperature above 40.6°C at collapse marks heat stroke, but in rural areas the temperature may have fallen by the time the person reaches a big hospital, and [many doctors consider it safer not to certify heat at all](https://scroll.in/article/1069409/why-doctors-are-struggling-to-certify-heat-deaths-even-in-this-brutal-summer); some write heart attack instead. On one night in May 2024, at 47°C, seventeen government employees on election duty in Mirzapur and Sonbhadra died, and [not one death had been confirmed as heat stroke](https://theprint.in/ground-reports/they-just-dropped-dead-up-home-guard-who-saw-3-colleagues-die-cant-forget-those-20-mins/2137075/) weeks later. Underneath lies the death register itself: India now [registers 97.2% of deaths but certifies the medical cause of only 22.0%](https://thisindianlife.today/articles/are-indias-heat-deaths-being-counted/), and in Bihar, Assam and Uttar Pradesh fewer than 6%, as the map with that strand shows. Where compensation hangs on certification, the count decides who is paid. Telangana's revenue department recorded [38 deaths from heatwave conditions between 2019 and 2024, while police records showed 560 from heat or sunstroke](https://www.thenewsminute.com/amp/story/telangana/how-many-died-from-heat-in-telangana-the-answer-depends-on-whos-counting). Much of India's work is done outdoors or in sheds without cooling: in 2023-24, 46.1% of workers were in farming and 12.0% in construction, and most work informally, without a contract, paid leave or the right to stop. The International Labour Organization found India [the country most affected by heat stress at work in Asia and the Pacific](https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/wcmsp5/groups/public/@dgreports/@dcomm/@publ/documents/publication/wcms_711919.pdf#page=55), projecting the loss of 5.8% of working hours in 2030, the equivalent of 34 million full-time jobs. The Lancet Countdown estimates that heat [cost 247 billion hours of work in 2024](https://lancetcountdown.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/India_Lancet-Countdown_2025_Data-Sheet-2.pdf#page=1), two-thirds of them on farms, and the World Bank puts the cost across South Asia at [the equivalent of 31 million full-time jobs a year](https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099072226125517919/pdf/P500527-52dcf4df-7abb-43bc-9997-15db1fca9153.pdf#page=12), with informal workers' earnings falling about 40% during a heatwave. Moving work to the cool of the morning helps, but [less with every degree of warming](https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-021-27328-y); at brick kilns in Uttar Pradesh, some families now mould bricks through the night, and many workers [sleep three or four hours](https://india.mongabay.com/2026/06/night-shifts-help-brick-kiln-workers-avoid-peak-heat-not-its-consequences/). Working indoors is no refuge. A survey of informal workers in Agra, Ajmer and Delhi found those in garment and stone workshops [no better protected than those in the sun](https://www.iied.org/sites/default/files/pdfs/2026-07/22750iied.pdf#page=10); outdoor workers lost about 24 working days a year to heat, and nearly one in five showed signs of kidney injury. Delivery riders in Delhi [wait for orders in the sun](https://thewire.in/labour/special-instant-delivery-companies-say-theyre-sheltering-workers-from-the-heat-reality-looks-different) outside the stores that send them. For women, heat cuts paid work but [not the unpaid work at home](https://www.isignal.in/earthcheckindia/how-extreme-heat-affects-indias-informal-women-workers-979259). Beyond a general duty on employers, the only numerical limit on heat at work that the ILO lists for India [applies to factory workrooms](https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/2024-04/ILO_SafeDay24_Report_r10_0.pdf#page=30), under a law of 1948. Relief from heat has to be bought. Only about [8 percent of households have air conditioning](https://carnegieendowment.org/emissary/2026/06/india-heatwave-electricty-climate) by one recent estimate, and 4.9% did in the national survey of 2020–21. Air coolers, which cool by evaporation and so work only in dry air, were in nearly half the homes of Punjab and Haryana and almost none in Kerala, Tamil Nadu and West Bengal, where the heat is humid. Projections see air-conditioner ownership rising steeply by 2040 while [staying low among the poorest tenth](https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-021-26592-2). As cooling spreads, its share of India's peak electricity demand is projected to rise [from a tenth to nearly half by 2050](https://iea.blob.core.windows.net/assets/0bb45525-277f-4c9c-8d0c-9c0cb5e7d525/The_Future_of_Cooling.pdf#page=13), and much of that demand lasts past sunset, when solar power has faded. In May 2026 demand crossed 270 gigawatts for the first time, and coal supplied more than three-quarters of the power at peak hours. Those with least go home to rooms that hold the day's heat into the night, and some are pushed further still. A Hijra woman whose earnings from blessing drivers at a traffic signal fell with the heat [now works at night](https://dialogue.earth/en/climate/for-indias-hijra-women-rising-heat-comes-with-dangerous-trade-offs/), out of the sun but in work that is unpredictable and often violent, and Dalit and Adivasi workers say [heat plans do not reach them](https://behanbox.com/2025/05/02/indias-heat-action-plans-are-missing-caste-income-vulnerabilities/). India's main answer has been the heat action plan, a city's or state's script for what each department does in a heatwave, beginning with Ahmedabad's in 2013 after the deaths of 2010. An early study suggests it helps: after the plan, Ahmedabad's deaths on the hottest days rose far less, by one estimate [about 1,190 deaths a year avoided](https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6236972/), though one city over two years cannot prove the plan was the cause. But a review of 37 plans found most following a common template, [only two assessing who is vulnerable and only 11 saying where the money would come from](https://cprindia.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Heat-Report_Final_27March-23.pdf#page=2). Officials in nine cities reported water and changed working hours but [little of the slower work](https://www.sustainablefutures.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Is-India-Ready-for-a-Warming-World-How-Heat-Resilience-Measures-Are-Being-Implemented-for-11-Percent-of-Indias-Urban-Population-in-Some-of-Its-Most-At-Risk-Cities.pdf#page=3) of shade and green cover, and none had cooling for the most exposed workers. In Delhi, unions say [several of the plan's measures, such as midday breaks for builders, are not carried out](https://www.newslaundry.com/2025/04/25/good-measures-poor-implementation-no-legal-teeth-can-delhis-heat-action-plan-face-the-heat). In Ahmedabad, a housing trust is [coating poor women's tin roofs with reflective paint, and some women hold small policies](https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/beyond-the-thermometer-ahmedabad-uses-cool-roofs-misting-bus-stops-heat-insurance-for-climate-resilience) that pay when the temperature crosses a set mark. That kind of parametric insurance works more like [hazard pay than protection](https://salatainstitute.harvard.edu/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/April-2026-Critical-Perspectives-on-Extreme-Heat-in-India_web.pdf#page=33), because a worker cannot know in advance whether a day will qualify, and the Self Employed Women's Association's 2024 payout [replaced only 5–9% of the income lost](https://www.iied.org/sites/default/files/pdfs/2026-07/22750iied.pdf#page=12). In August 2026 the government [added heatwaves to the list of notified natural calamities](https://sansad.in/getFile/lsapps/loksabhaquestions/annex/188/AU2541_Ql0SOe.pdf#page=2), opening the national and state disaster funds to relief for heat. Whether families are paid may turn on [a certified heat stroke and, in some cases, a declared heatwave](https://www.isignal.in/earthcheckindia/to-unlock-heatwave-disaster-funds-india-needs-to-fix-the-fineprint-984795), which brings the question back to the count. The record does not yet show how many Indians die of heat each year. No official series counts deaths above normal by week and district, and until one does, every figure here is either a partial count or an estimate from a model. ॥ Changed in this revision: The Long View opened with fifty-six entries on how India's heat is changing, how it kills, why the deaths go uncounted, the workers and households it falls on, and what has been done to protect people. ## Entries ### Heat-Related Mortality in India: Excess All-Cause Mortality Associated with the 2010 Ahmedabad Heat Wave - Kind: Research paper - Date: 14 March 2014 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Gulrez Shah Azhar and Dileep Mavalankar and Amruta Nori-Sarma and Ajit Rajiva and Priya Dutta and Anjali Jaiswal and Perry Sheffield and Kim Knowlton and Jeremy J. Hess. PLOS ONE - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2014-heat-related-mortality-in-india - Source: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0091831&type=printable - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260728160358/https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0091831&type=printable The first study to document how heat and death move together in an Indian city, using deaths from all causes rather than cause-specific records. Deaths in Ahmedabad in May 2010 ran far above the average for the same weeks of May 2009 and May 2011, and rose with the daily maximum temperature. > 4,462 all-cause deaths occurred, comprising an excess of 1,344 all-cause deaths, an estimated 43.1% increase when compared to the reference period (3,118 deaths). Excerpt of 23 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to PLOS ONE. ### Increasing probability of mortality during Indian heat waves - Kind: Research paper - Date: 7 June 2017 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Omid Mazdiyasni and Amir AghaKouchak and Steven J. Davis and Shahrbanou Madadgar and Ali Mehran and Elisa Ragno and Mojtaba Sadegh and Ashmita Sengupta and Subimal Ghosh and C. T. Dhanya and Mohsen Niknejad. Science Advances - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2017-increasing-probability-of-mortality-during - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5462497/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250202234157/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5462497/ A study of summer temperatures and heat deaths in India from 1960 to 2009. Its model finds that a rise of half a degree in average summer temperature goes with a 146% rise in the probability of a heatwave that kills more than a hundred people. Even moderate shifts in the average, it suggests, may bring large increases in heat deaths. > An increase of 0.5°C in summer mean temperatures increases the probability of mass heat-related mortality in India by 146%. Excerpt of 19 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Science Advances. ### The Future of Cooling: Opportunities for energy-efficient air conditioning - Kind: Reporting - Date: May 2018 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Brian Dean and John Dulac and Trevor Morgan and Uwe Remme. International Energy Agency - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2018-the-future-of-cooling-opportunities - Source: https://iea.blob.core.windows.net/assets/0bb45525-277f-4c9c-8d0c-9c0cb5e7d525/The_Future_of_Cooling.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260929085838/https://iea.blob.core.windows.net/assets/0bb45525-277f-4c9c-8d0c-9c0cb5e7d525/The_Future_of_Cooling.pdf The International Energy Agency’s study of the coming boom in air conditioning and what it will do to electricity systems. India is among the few countries driving the growth, and its share of peak electricity demand that goes to cooling is projected to rise from a tenth to almost half by 2050. Solar power does not match cooling demand that lasts after sunset, so efficient machines and clean power together decide how cleanly that demand is met. > The share of space cooling in peak electricity load is projected to rise sharply in many countries, with the biggest increases occurring in hot countries such as India, where the share jumps from just 10% today to 45% in 2050. Excerpt of 40 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to International Energy Agency. ### Mortality attributable to hot and cold ambient temperatures in India: a nationally representative case-crossover study - Kind: Research paper - Date: 24 July 2018 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Sze Hang Fu and Antonio Gasparrini and Peter S. Rodriguez and Prabhat Jha. PLOS Medicine - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2018-mortality-attributable-to-hot-and - Source: https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.1002619&type=printable - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260930055547/https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article/file?id=10.1371%2Fjournal.pmed.1002619&type=printable The first study to estimate deaths from hot and cold days in India using deaths sampled from across the country rather than from a few cities. It uses the Million Death Study, in which trained surveyors ask families how a relative died, for medical deaths at all ages from 2001 to 2013. Its finding is a complication this record cannot skip: in those years moderately cold weather was linked to far more deaths than extreme heat. > In 2015, 197,000 (121,000 to 259,000) deaths from stroke, IHD, and respiratory diseases at ages 30–69 years were attributable to moderately cold temperature, which was 12- and 42-fold higher than totals from extremely cold and extremely hot temperature, respectively. Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to PLOS Medicine. ### Building Resilience to Climate Change: Pilot Evaluation of the Impact of India’s First Heat Action Plan on All-Cause Mortality - Kind: Research paper - Date: 1 November 2018 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Jeremy J Hess and Sathish LM and Kim Knowlton and Shubhayu Saha and Priya Dutta and Parthasarathi Ganguly and Abhiyant Tiwari and Anjali Jaiswal and Perry Sheffield and Jayanta Sarkar and S C Bhan and Amit Begda and Tejas Shah and Bhavin Solanki and Dileep Mavalankar. Journal of Environmental and Public Health - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2018-building-resilience-to-climate-change - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6236972/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260811133637/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6236972/ One of the first studies to test whether a heat action plan saves lives. Researchers compared deaths in Ahmedabad on hot days in 2007–2010 with those in 2014–2015, after the city’s plan was fully in place. At the highest temperatures the rise in deaths was much smaller after the plan, with the largest drop on the hottest days. It is one city, a short span and an association rather than proof, and the authors call it a pilot. > An estimated 1,190 (95%CI 162–2,218) average annualized deaths were avoided in the post-HAP period. Excerpt of 14 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Journal of Environmental and Public Health. ### Working on a warmer planet: The impact of heat stress on labour productivity and decent work - Kind: Reporting - Date: 2019 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Tord Kjellstrom and Nicolas Maître and Catherine Saget and Matthias Otto and Tahmina Karimova. International Labour Office. International Labour Organization - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2019-working-on-a-warmer-planet - Source: https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/wcmsp5/groups/public/@dgreports/@dcomm/@publ/documents/publication/wcms_711919.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001161624/https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/wcmsp5/groups/public/@dgreports/@dcomm/@publ/documents/publication/wcms_711919.pdf The International Labour Organization’s estimate of how much work the world loses to heat stress, country by country, with projections for 2030. In Asia and the Pacific, India comes out as the most affected country, and most of its loss falls on agriculture, with construction losing more and more hours. The report converts lost hours into the equivalent of full-time jobs. > The country most affected by heat stress is India, which lost 4.3 per cent of working hours in 1995 and is projected to lose 5.8 per cent of working hours in 2030. Moreover, because of its large population, India is in absolute terms expected to lose the equivalent of 34 million full-time jobs in 2030 as a result of heat stress. Excerpt of 61 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to International Labour Organization. ### The emergence of heat and humidity too severe for human tolerance - Kind: Research paper - Date: 8 May 2020 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Colin Raymond and Tom Matthews and Radley Horton. Science Advances - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2020-the-emergence-of-heat-and - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7209987/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260918083610/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7209987/ A global search of weather-station records for the most dangerous combinations of heat and humidity. It finds that such humid heat has more than doubled in frequency since 1979, and that a few coastal places have already touched the wet-bulb level long treated as the limit of survival. Eastern coastal India and northwestern India are among the hotspots it names. > Other >31°C hotspots in the weather station record emerge through surveying the globally highest 99.9th TW percentiles: eastern coastal India, Pakistan and northwestern India, and the shores of the Red Sea, Gulf of California, and southern Gulf of Mexico Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Science Advances. ### Mapping India’s Climate Vulnerability: A District Level Assessment - Kind: Reporting - Date: October 2021 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Abinash Mohanty and Shreya Wadhawan. Council on Energy, Environment and Water - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2021-mapping-indias-climate-vulnerability-a - Source: https://www.ceew.in/sites/default/files/ceew-study-on-climate-change-vulnerability-index-and-district-level-risk-assessment.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260812085221/https://www.ceew.in/sites/default/files/ceew-study-on-climate-change-vulnerability-index-and-district-level-risk-assessment.pdf CEEW’s first district-level assessment of India’s vulnerability to extreme weather, measuring exposure, sensitivity and the capacity to cope with floods, droughts and cyclones. It is here for what it leaves out. The report mentions heatwaves as a slow-onset hazard but does not include heat in its index, though it argues that such an index can steer decisions and money. > CEEW estimates that over 75 per cent of Indian districts, including 95 per cent of coastal districts, are extreme event hotspots (Figure 1). Excerpt of 23 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Council on Energy, Environment and Water. ### Air-conditioning and the adaptation cooling deficit in emerging economies - Kind: Research paper - Date: 9 November 2021 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Filippo Pavanello and Enrica De Cian and Marinella Davide and Malcolm Mistry and Talita Cruz and Paula Bezerra and Dattakiran Jagu and Sebastian Renner and Roberto Schaeffer and André F. P. Lucena. Nature Communications - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2021-air-conditioning-and-the-adaptation - Source: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-021-26592-2 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162021/https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-021-26592-2?error=cookies_not_supported&code=0dd676d9-d495-4490-8348-5270bc8c9238 A projection of household air-conditioning in Brazil, India, Indonesia and Mexico around 2040, built from household surveys combined with projected climate and incomes. Ownership in India rises steeply as incomes grow and summers warm, but stays low among the poorest. The authors call the gap between need and access an adaptation cooling deficit. > In India, the average adoption rate across Indian states increases from 12% in 2012 to 49–69%, across SSPs and RCPs, in 2040 Excerpt of 22 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Nature Communications. ### Increased labor losses and decreased adaptation potential in a warmer world - Kind: Research paper - Date: 14 December 2021 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Luke A. Parsons and Drew Shindell and Michelle Tigchelaar and Yuqiang Zhang and June T. Spector. Nature Communications - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2021-increased-labor-losses-and-decreased - Source: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-021-27328-y - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001161944/https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-021-27328-y?error=cookies_not_supported&code=b839a42e-2d40-42c0-955a-706632ec7363 A global estimate of the hours of heavy outdoor work lost to heat, and of how much of that loss could be recovered by moving work to cooler hours. India loses more hours than any other country, given its large working population, its heat and the share who work in farming and construction. Moving work to the early morning helps less as the world warms, because those hours too grow unsafe for continuous work in much of the tropics. > India showing the largest heat exposure impacts on heavy labor (>101 billion hours lost/year), despite its modest average per-capita labor losses (162 lost hours/person/year). Excerpt of 24 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Nature Communications. ### Evaluating the 35°C wet-bulb temperature adaptability threshold for young, healthy subjects (PSU HEAT Project) - Kind: Research paper - Date: 16 December 2021 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Daniel J. Vecellio and S. Tony Wolf and Rachel M. Cottle and W. Larry Kenney. Journal of Applied Physiology - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2021-evaluating-the-35-c-wet - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8799385/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260720061841/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8799385/ A laboratory test of a well-publicised theoretical limit to human tolerance of heat, a wet-bulb temperature of 35°C. Young, healthy volunteers resting in a heat chamber could not hold their body temperature steady well below that: around 31°C in humid air, and lower still in hot, dry air. The authors conclude that no single threshold fits every climate. > Mean Twb,crit values were relatively constant across 36°C –40°C humid environments and averaged 30.55 ± 0.98°C but progressively decreased (higher deviation from 35°C) in hotter, dry ambient environments. Excerpt of 28 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Journal of Applied Physiology. ### How is India adapting to heatwaves? An assessment of heat action plans with insights for transformative climate action - Kind: Reporting - Date: March 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Aditya Valiathan Pillai and Tamanna Dalal. Centre for Policy Research - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2023-how-is-india-adapting-to - Source: https://cprindia.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Heat-Report_Final_27March-23.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001161728/https://cprindia.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Heat-Report_Final_27March-23.pdf By the authors’ account the first critical review of India’s heat action plans. They gathered 37 plans written by cities, districts and states between 2016 and 2022 and read them against what a plan needs to work. The plans propose a wide range of measures and mostly follow a common template. Nearly all are poor at identifying and targeting the most vulnerable, few say where the money will come from, and none states its legal authority. > Most HAPs are not built for local context and have an oversimplified view of the hazard. Excerpt of 16 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Centre for Policy Research. ### Lethal heatwaves are challenging India’s sustainable development - Kind: Research paper - Date: 19 April 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Ramit Debnath and Ronita Bardhan and Michelle L. Bell. PLOS Climate - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2023-lethal-heatwaves-are-challenging-indias - Source: https://journals.plos.org/climate/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pclm.0000156&type=printable - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260825220402/https://journals.plos.org/climate/article/file?type=printable&id=10.1371%2Fjournal.pclm.0000156 Three researchers at Cambridge, Caltech and Yale argue that India’s reliance on its Climate Vulnerability Index may understate the impact of heatwaves. Setting a measure of humid heat for April 2022 beside the index, they found more than 90% of the country in the danger ranges, including much that the index rates as of low or moderate vulnerability. > An analytical evaluation of heat index (HI) with CVI shows that more than 90% of the country is at extremely cautious or dangerous levels of adversely impacting adaptive livelihood capacity, food grains yield, vector-borne disease spread and urban sustainability. Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to PLOS Climate. ### Report: Heat-Health Preparedness & Response Activities, National Programme on Climate Change & Human Health 2024 - Kind: Reporting - Date: 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Purvi Patel. National Programme on Climate Change & Human Health - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-report-heat-health-preparedness-response - Source: https://heathealth.info/wp-content/uploads/Report-of-Heat-Related-Activities-2024_NPCCHH-compressed.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260128170432/https://heathealth.info/wp-content/uploads/Report-of-Heat-Related-Activities-2024_NPCCHH-compressed.pdf A report of the National Programme on Climate Change and Human Health, under the health ministry, on its 2024 heat season: warnings, training for doctors, and surveillance of heat illness in public health centres and hospitals. It records tens of thousands of suspected heatstroke cases and 161 confirmed heatstroke deaths. The count should be read with its coverage: on average, only about half the facilities meant to report did so. > In 2024, 48,156 Suspected Heatstroke Cases (SHC), 269 Suspected Heatstroke Deaths (SHD) and 161 Confirmed Heatstroke Deaths (CHD). Excerpt of 18 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to National Programme on Climate Change & Human Health. ### Impact of heatwaves on all-cause mortality in India: A comprehensive multi-city study - Kind: Research paper - Date: 26 January 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Jeroen de Bont and Amruta Nori-Sarma and Massimo Stafoggia and Tirthankar Banerjee and Vijendra Ingole and Suganthi Jaganathan and Siddhartha Mandal and Ajit Rajiva and Bhargav Krishna and Itai Kloog and Kevin Lane and Rajesh K. Mall and Abhiyant Tiwari and Yaguang Wei and Gregory A. Wellenius and Dorairaj Prabhakaran and Joel Schwartz and Poornima Prabhakaran and Petter Ljungman. Environment International - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-impact-of-heatwaves-on-all - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11790314/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260608143533/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11790314/ The largest study in India of how heatwaves and deaths move together in cities. Researchers matched daily deaths from all causes in ten cities, from Shimla to Chennai, with daily temperatures, over years between 2008 and 2019 that vary by city, about 3.6 million deaths in all. Two days in a row above a city’s 97th percentile temperature were linked to about 15% more deaths, and the toll came to about 1,116 deaths a year in these ten cities alone. > We estimated that around 1116 deaths annually (95 %CI, 861; 1361) were attributed to heatwaves. Excerpt of 15 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Environment International. ### Occupational heat exposure doubles risk of miscarriages or stillbirths - Kind: Reporting - Date: 22 March 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Seema Prasad. Down To Earth - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-occupational-heat-exposure-doubles-risk - Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/health/occupational-heat-exposure-doubles-risk-of-miscarriages-or-stillbirths-95200 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260316143508/https://www.downtoearth.org.in/health/occupational-heat-exposure-doubles-risk-of-miscarriages-or-stillbirths-95200 A report on a study by Chennai’s Sri Ramachandra Institute that followed 800 pregnant women in Tamil Nadu, half of them doing heavy work in the heat on farms, brick kilns, salt pans and building sites. Among women exposed to heat at work, 5% miscarried, against 2% of those in jobs with rest, water and shade. Stillbirth or early birth came to 6.1% against 2.6%, and low birth weight to 8.4% against 4.5%. > They worked in the scorching heat from 6 am to 5 pm, lacking access to toilets and shade, carrying water bottles because access to safe drinking water at the site is mostly unavailable. Excerpt of 33 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Down To Earth. ### Ensuring safety and health at work in a changing climate - Kind: Reporting - Date: April 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By International Labour Organization. International Labour Organization - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-ensuring-safety-and-health-at - Source: https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/2024-04/ILO_SafeDay24_Report_r10_0.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250807201520/https://www.ilo.org/sites/default/files/2024-04/ILO_SafeDay24_Report_r10_0.pdf The International Labour Organization’s survey of how climate change endangers workers, from heat to air pollution and disease, and of the laws countries use to protect them. On heat it counts the world’s exposed workers and the injuries and deaths heat causes at work. Its list of national rules, which it says is not exhaustive, records for India a general duty on employers to protect workers from excessive heat and a numerical limit for factory workrooms set in 1948. > At least 2.41 billion workers exposed annually to excessive heat. Every year, 22.85 million occupational injuries, 18,970 workrelated deaths, and 2.09 million DALYs attributable to excessive heat. Excerpt of 27 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to International Labour Organization. ### Data: Huge Discrepancies in Data on Heat Wave Related Deaths Reported by Various Agencies Like NDMA, MoES, NCRB - Kind: Reporting - Date: 23 April 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Pavithra K M. Factly - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-data-huge-discrepancies-in-data - Source: https://factly.in/data-huge-discrepancies-in-data-on-heat-wave-related-deaths-reported-by-various-agencies-like-ndma-moes-ncrb/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162945/https://factly.in/data-huge-discrepancies-in-data-on-heat-wave-related-deaths-reported-by-various-agencies-like-ndma-moes-ncrb/ Pavithra K M sets the government’s own heat-death series side by side and finds they do not agree. Between 2009 and 2022 the crime records bureau counted about 15,000 heat-stroke deaths, the disaster authority about 11,000 and the earth sciences ministry about 6,750. The bureau’s and the authority’s counts matched until 2013 and parted ways after; state by state, Uttar Pradesh and Punjab show the widest gaps. > Until 2013, the data produced by NCRB matches with the one published by NDMA. However, since 2014, the values reported by NCRB are very different from those reported by NDMA. Excerpt of 30 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Factly. ### Urbanization and regional climate change-linked warming of Indian cities - Kind: Research paper - Date: 15 May 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Soumya Satyakanta Sethi and V. Vinoj. Nature Cities - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-urbanization-and-regional-climate-change - Source: https://www.nature.com/articles/s44284-024-00074-0 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20240529112518/https://www.nature.com/articles/s44284-024-00074-0 Two researchers at IIT Bhubaneswar used satellite readings of the ground’s temperature at night for 141 Indian cities from 2003 to 2020. Nights in the cities warmed about twice as fast as across India as a whole, and they link about 38% of the cities’ warming to urban growth itself. The measure is the temperature of the land surface seen from space. > Almost all the cities across India were seen to have a positive NLST trend, with an overall mean rate of 0.53 ± 0.19 °C per decade over this period. Excerpt of 29 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Nature Cities. ### CSE study tracks heat wave; exposes dangerous trends in India’s biggest cities - Kind: Reporting - Date: 24 May 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Centre for Science and Environment. Centre for Science and Environment - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-cse-study-tracks-heat-wave - Source: https://www.cseindia.org/cse-study-tracks-heat-wave-exposes-dangerous-trends-in-india-s-biggest-cities-12205 The Centre for Science and Environment studied air temperature, land surface temperature and humidity in six megacities, Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bengaluru and Hyderabad, in the summers from 2001 to April 2024. It finds heat stress rising even where the thermometer is not, because humidity has risen in every climate zone, and that the cities cool less at night than they used to, Kolkata excepted. > Cities are no longer cooling down at night Excerpt of 8 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Centre for Science and Environment. ### Killer heat’s shadow: India’s labourers on the frontlines, face boiling temperatures - Kind: Reporting - Date: 30 May 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Shagun. Down To Earth - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-killer-heats-shadow-indias-labourers - Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/killer-heats-shadow-indias-labourers-on-the-frontlines-face-boiling-temperatures - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260421064058/https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/killer-heats-shadow-indias-labourers-on-the-frontlines-face-boiling-temperatures The first part of a Down To Earth series on work in the heat, which visited brick kilns, building sites, factories and homes in Delhi, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and Gujarat; this part is about outdoor workers. At a brick kiln in Faridabad the reporter measured 43°C in May, with a wet-bulb reading of 30°C. One moulder’s family had come there on a contractor’s advance against his labour, and a co-worker lost his wages for the days he was ill. > “My body feels like it is trapped in a heat island, soaked in sweat. I would choose any other job over this if given the choice,” Excerpt of 26 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Down To Earth. ### ‘They just dropped dead’—UP home guard who saw 3 colleagues die can’t forget those 20 mins - Kind: Reporting - Date: 19 June 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Soumya Pillai. ThePrint - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-they-just-dropped-dead-up - Source: https://theprint.in/ground-reports/they-just-dropped-dead-up-home-guard-who-saw-3-colleagues-die-cant-forget-those-20-mins/2137075/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20240620071832/https://theprint.in/ground-reports/they-just-dropped-dead-up-home-guard-who-saw-3-colleagues-die-cant-forget-those-20-mins/2137075/ Soumya Pillai reports from Mirzapur, where on 31 May 2024, at 47°C, 17 government employees on election duty died overnight. Among them were home guards, police officers and cleaning staff, some of whom collapsed at work or after reaching home. The district hospital had one emergency doctor, no oral rehydration salts and too few thermometers. None of the deaths had been confirmed as heat stroke. > We don’t even have enough thermometers to check temperatures of patients with heat strokes. There is no ORS packet in stock for over a fortnight now. We cannot even offer patients cold water due to frequent electricity cuts, Excerpt of 38 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ThePrint. ### Why doctors are struggling to certify heat deaths even in this brutal summer - Kind: Reporting - Date: 19 June 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Tabassum Barnagarwala. Scroll - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-why-doctors-are-struggling-to - Source: https://scroll.in/article/1069409/why-doctors-are-struggling-to-certify-heat-deaths-even-in-this-brutal-summer - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260421124756/https://scroll.in/article/1069409/why-doctors-are-struggling-to-certify-heat-deaths-even-in-this-brutal-summer Tabassum Barnagarwala follows the death of a schoolteacher in Bihar’s Jamui, who collapsed on duty in the 2024 heatwave, to explain why heat deaths go undercounted. Under the national guidelines, a body temperature above 40.6°C at collapse marks heat stroke, but in rural areas the temperature may have fallen by the time the person reaches a big hospital. The tests that could settle the cause are not readily available there, and many doctors consider it safer not to certify heat at all. > The verdict of a heat-related death would entitle Akhtar’s family to Rs 4 lakh ex-gratia, but Shamim said they have “little hope”. “Usually government doctors label such cases as heart attacks.” Excerpt of 31 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Scroll. ### Seeing red: India had over 700 heat deaths in 2024, much higher than official toll, claim scientists - Kind: Reporting - Date: 13 September 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Nandita Banerji. Down To Earth - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-seeing-red-india-had-over - Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/seeing-red-india-had-over-700-heat-deaths-in-2024-much-higher-than-official-toll-claim-scientists A report on HeatWatch’s count of heatstroke deaths reported in the news in the summer of 2024, which came to roughly twice the health ministry’s figure. The article also reports that 33 polling officers reportedly died of heatstroke in Uttar Pradesh during the general election, and records nights of record warmth in Delhi and Rajasthan. > While the Union Ministry of Health and Family Welfare reported 360 heatstroke deaths, the report identified a significantly higher toll of 733 deaths and over 40,000 heatstroke cases in 17 states. Excerpt of 31 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Down To Earth. ### Evaluating heat health risk in Indian cities: Geospatial and socio-ecological analysis - Kind: Research paper - Date: December 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Kaushik Mandvikar and Nirmal Kumar and Hitesh Supe and Deepak Singh and Ankita Gupta and Pankaj Kumar and Gowhar Meraj and Inam Danish Khan and Asma Kouser and Santosh Kumar Pandey and Ram Avtar. World Development Sustainability - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2024-evaluating-heat-health-risk-in - Source: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2772655X24000582 A ranking of heat risk to health in 37 Indian cities of more than a million people, built from satellite temperatures, humidity, wind, green cover and population density. Chennai and Mumbai rank highest, followed by Kolkata and Ahmedabad, and the authors link a lack of green space to greater vulnerability. The weights given to hazard, exposure and vulnerability are the authors’ own choice, drawn from earlier studies. > Results indicate that cities such as Chennai, Mumbai, Kolkata, and Ahmedabad, each with populations exceeding 10 million, are deemed less livable due to their high HHRI (>0.50). Excerpt of 27 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to World Development Sustainability. ### Impacts of extreme heat on mental health: Systematic review and qualitative investigation of the underpinning mechanisms - Kind: Research paper - Date: March 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Lea Baecker and Udita Iyengar and Maria Chiara Del Piccolo and Andrea Mechelli. The Journal of Climate Change and Health - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-impacts-of-extreme-heat-on - Source: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S266727822500029X A review of the research on how heat harms mental health, joined to six focus groups with people who have lived with mental illness and with health workers. Of 241 studies the search found, only four, from China and the United States, met the bar for explaining how heat does its harm. The focus groups added fatigue, health anxiety, lost ways of coping and isolation. The groups were mostly in London, a limit the authors name. > There is a dearth of reliable data on the mechanisms underpinning the impacts of extreme heat on mental health. Excerpt of 19 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Journal of Climate Change and Health. ### Is India Ready for a Warming World? How Heat Resilience Measures Are Being Implemented for 11% of India’s Urban Population in Some of Its Most At-Risk Cities - Kind: Reporting - Date: March 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Aditya Valiathan Pillai and Tamanna Dalal and Ishan Kukreti and Alexandra Kassinis and Lucas Vargas Zeppetello and Escandita Tewari and Navroz K. Dubash. Sustainable Futures Collaborative - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-is-india-ready-for-a - Source: https://www.sustainablefutures.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Is-India-Ready-for-a-Warming-World-How-Heat-Resilience-Measures-Are-Being-Implemented-for-11-Percent-of-Indias-Urban-Population-in-Some-of-Its-Most-At-Risk-Cities.pdf The first systematic study, across several cities, of how India’s heat measures are carried out. The authors interviewed 88 officials in nine cities facing some of the sharpest rises in dangerous heat, from Ludhiana to Bengaluru. Every city reported emergency measures such as water and changed working hours. Long-term work such as shade and green cover was rare and poorly aimed, and household or workplace cooling for the most exposed was absent everywhere. > Inconsistent and weakly targeted long-term heat actions suggest that India will likely see heat waves with higher mortality levels more frequently in the coming years as short-term life-saving responses and communities’ adaptive capacities are overwhelmed by rising temperatures. Excerpt of 38 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Sustainable Futures Collaborative. ### Lost in the heat: The critical miscalculation in India’s heatwave mortality data - Kind: Reporting - Date: 10 April 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Ashok Gadgil and Piyush Narang. Down To Earth - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-lost-in-the-heat-the - Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/lost-in-the-heat-the-critical-miscalculation-in-indias-heatwave-mortality-data - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260917125416/https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/lost-in-the-heat-the-critical-miscalculation-in-indias-heatwave-mortality-data Two researchers at UC Berkeley’s India Energy and Climate Center argue that official counts suggest about 1,500 heat deaths a year. That is a tiny number beside the roughly 25,000 deaths from all causes in India each day. Carrying the ten-city study of heat and death to every district, they estimate about 3,400 extra deaths from one day of heatwave across India and about 30,000 from a five-day heatwave. If a summer brought five such heatwaves, they reckon, the toll would be at least 1.5 lakh. Their 2026 journal paper, also in this record, sets out the same estimate in full. > Public health experts note that physicians often record only the immediate medical cause on death certificates, without acknowledging the role of heat as the underlying trigger. Excerpt of 26 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Down To Earth. ### ‘Good measures, poor implementation, no legal teeth’: Can Delhi’s heat action plan face the heat? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 25 April 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Drishti Choudhary. Newslaundry - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-good-measures-poor-implementation-no - Source: https://www.newslaundry.com/2025/04/25/good-measures-poor-implementation-no-legal-teeth-can-delhis-heat-action-plan-face-the-heat - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260311200315/https://www.newslaundry.com/2025/04/25/good-measures-poor-implementation-no-legal-teeth-can-delhis-heat-action-plan-face-the-heat Drishti Choudhary checks Delhi’s heat action plan against what happens on the ground in four areas: buses, building sites, shelters for the homeless, and drinking water. The plan calls for shaded bus stops with water, a midday break for construction workers, cooling areas at work sites and shelters open all day in an alert. Union leaders say several of these are not carried out, and the plan lacks dedicated funding and a legal means of enforcement. > While the HAP includes thoughtful provisions, experts say, poor implementation, the absence of legal backing, dedicated funding, and inter-departmental coordination render it ineffective. Excerpt of 23 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Newslaundry. ### How Extreme Heat is Impacting India: Assessing District-level Heat Risk - Kind: Reporting - Date: May 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Shravan Prabhu and Keerthana Anthikat Suresh and Srishti Mandal and Divyanshu Sharma and Vishwas Chitale. Council on Energy, Environment and Water - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-how-extreme-heat-is-impacting - Source: https://www.ceew.in/sites/default/files/mapping-climate-risks-and-impacts-of-extreme-heatwave-disaster-in-indian-districts.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260811125550/https://www.ceew.in/sites/default/files/mapping-climate-risks-and-impacts-of-extreme-heatwave-disaster-in-indian-districts.pdf Researchers at the Council on Energy, Environment and Water built a heat risk index for 734 districts, combining four decades of temperature and humidity data with population and building density and with social and health vulnerability. Their headline is that 57 per cent of districts, home to 76 per cent of Indians, are at high or very high risk. The report’s sharper finding is about nights: across most districts, very warm nights have been rising faster than very hot days. > However, in the last decade, the number of very warm nights has been rising faster than that of very hot days. Excerpt of 21 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Council on Energy, Environment and Water. ### India’s Heat Action Plans Are Missing Caste, Income Vulnerabilities - Kind: Reporting - Date: 2 May 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Saumya Kalia. BehanBox - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-indias-heat-action-plans-are - Source: https://behanbox.com/2025/05/02/indias-heat-action-plans-are-missing-caste-income-vulnerabilities/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260811133128/https://behanbox.com/2025/05/02/indias-heat-action-plans-are-missing-caste-income-vulnerabilities/ Saumya Kalia examines whom India’s heat action plans serve. Dalit and Adivasi workers, women in construction and domestic work, and waste pickers face heat at work and at home, and their ability to cope is limited by poverty and power. A recent study found far higher heat exposure at work for marginalised castes. Activists say the plans name vulnerable groups in general terms but have not reached them. > “Dalit and Adivasi communities cannot afford to stop working during a heatwave, and we are the ones dying in this heat. But what does a heat action plan offer to a Dalit woman working at a construction site with her child strapped to her back in 45-degree heat?” Excerpt of 48 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to BehanBox. ### Rising humidity is dangerous and it’s making India’s hot summers worse - Kind: Reporting - Date: 8 May 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Tanvi Deshpande. Scroll - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-rising-humidity-is-dangerous-and - Source: https://scroll.in/article/1082029/rising-humidity-is-dangerous-and-its-making-indias-hot-summers-worse - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260427035652/https://scroll.in/article/1082029/rising-humidity-is-dangerous-and-its-making-indias-hot-summers-worse Tanvi Deshpande, writing for IndiaSpend, compares a humid 33.9°C day in Mumbai, which felt like 46°C, with a dry 46.8°C in Barmer, which felt like 43.6°C. Humidity across India rose by 0.79% a decade from 1969 to 2012, and research reports that above 32°C each 10% rise in relative humidity raises the body’s strain by 22%. Yet India declares a heatwave by the thermometer alone. > On April 30, Mumbai was not having an unusually hot day at 33.9 degrees celsius if we only go by the mercury. But with 69% humidity, the impact felt on the human body was as good as 46 degrees. Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Scroll. ### Beyond the thermometer: Ahmedabad uses cool roofs, misting bus stops & heat insurance for climate resilience - Kind: Reporting - Date: 16 June 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Dhruval Parekh and Surangya Kaur. Down To Earth - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-beyond-the-thermometer-ahmedabad-uses - Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/beyond-the-thermometer-ahmedabad-uses-cool-roofs-misting-bus-stops-heat-insurance-for-climate-resilience - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260311065712/https://www.downtoearth.org.in/climate-change/beyond-the-thermometer-ahmedabad-uses-cool-roofs-misting-bus-stops-heat-insurance-for-climate-resilience A report from Ahmedabad, where the heatwave of 2010 led the city to India’s first heat action plan, on how its low-income residents adapt now. In Odhav, women weave and sew under tin roofs that turn their homes into ovens. The Mahila Housing Trust is coating roofs with reflective white paint, and some women are insured under a scheme that pays automatically when the city’s temperature passes a threshold for two days running. More than a decade on, the reporters find, putting the plan into practice remains hard. > “Even if I run the fan for 24 hours, we don’t feel any relief.” Excerpt of 14 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Down To Earth. ### India: Lancet Countdown on Health and Climate Change, Data Sheet 2025 - Kind: Reporting - Date: October 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Lancet Countdown. Lancet Countdown on Health and Climate Change - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-india-lancet-countdown-on-health - Source: https://lancetcountdown.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/India_Lancet-Countdown_2025_Data-Sheet-2.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001161513/https://lancetcountdown.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/India_Lancet-Countdown_2025_Data-Sheet-2.pdf The India page of the Lancet Countdown, which publishes yearly peer-reviewed assessments, using more than fifty indicators, of how climate change is affecting health. On heat it estimates how many heatwave days an average Indian lived through in 2024 and how many of those climate change added, and how many potential hours of work heat cost. Farming and construction carried most of the lost hours. > For 2024, heat exposure resulted in a loss of 247 billion potential labour hours per year, a record high 419h per person, and 124% more than in 1990-1999. The agriculture sector accounted for 66%, and the construction sector accounted for 20% of losses in 2024. Excerpt of 45 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Lancet Countdown on Health and Climate Change. ### The 2025 report of the Lancet Countdown on health and climate change: climate change action offers a lifeline - Kind: Research paper - Date: October 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Marina Romanello. The Lancet - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-the-2025-report-of-the - Source: https://researchonline.lse.ac.uk/id/eprint/130009/1/FINAL_-_2025_Report_of_the_Lancet_Countdown.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260320154250/https://researchonline.lse.ac.uk/id/eprint/130009/1/FINAL_-_2025_Report_of_the_Lancet_Countdown.pdf The ninth report of the Lancet Countdown, which tracks with dozens of measures how climate change is affecting health around the world. Its global heat findings give context for India’s: heat deaths worldwide have risen by more than half since the 1990s, and the work lost to heat set a record in 2024. This is the authors’ accepted manuscript, which may differ from the version in The Lancet. > a record-high 639 billion potential work hours were lost to heat exposure alone in 2024, 98% above the 1990–99 average, costing US$ 1.09 trillion or almost 1% of global GDP Excerpt of 30 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Lancet. ### Accidental Deaths & Suicides in India 2024, Chapter 1: Accidents in India - Kind: Reporting - Date: November 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By National Crime Records Bureau. Accidental Deaths & Suicides in India - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2025-accidental-deaths-suicides-in-india - Source: https://www.ncrb.gov.in/uploads/files/6ADSI-2024Chapter-1AccidentalDeaths.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163314/https://www.ncrb.gov.in/uploads/files/6ADSI-2024Chapter-1AccidentalDeaths.pdf The crime records bureau’s yearly count of accidental deaths, compiled from data that states and union territories provide. It records deaths from heat or sunstroke as one cause among the forces of nature. For 2024 it recorded 1,832 such deaths, nearly a quarter of all deaths from natural causes that year. > Out of 7,903 accidental deaths due to forces of nature, 35.7% deaths due to ‘Lightning’ (2,825 deaths), 23.2% deaths due to ‘Heat/Sun Stroke’ (1,832 deaths), 10.5% deaths due to ‘Exposure to cold’ (833 deaths) and 4.6% deaths due to ‘Flood’ (361 deaths) during the year 2024. Excerpt of 46 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Accidental Deaths & Suicides in India. ### Statement on the Climate of India during 2025 - Kind: Reporting - Date: 1 January 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By India Meteorological Department. Ministry of Earth Sciences. Press release - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-statement-on-the-climate-of - Source: https://wmo.int/sites/default/files/2026-01/20260101_pr_4602.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001161445/https://wmo.int/sites/default/files/2026-01/20260101_pr_4602.pdf The weather office’s yearly account of India’s climate. It ranks 2025 the eighth-warmest year since national records began in 1901, after the record of 2024, and finds that ten of the fifteen warmest years have come in the past fifteen. It also lists the year’s deaths from extreme weather: about 35 from heatwaves, against over 1,370 from heavy rain, floods and landslides and over 1,310 from thunderstorms and lightning. > Heat waves in 2025 claimed approximately 35 lives across various parts of the country. Excerpt of 14 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Press release. ### How Extreme Heat Affects India’s Informal Women Workers - Kind: Reporting - Date: 9 February 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Jahnavi Dhana Sri. ISignal - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-how-extreme-heat-affects-indias - Source: https://www.isignal.in/earthcheckindia/how-extreme-heat-affects-indias-informal-women-workers-979259 Jahnavi Dhana Sri sets out why heat costs women workers more. 92% of women in paid work are in informal jobs, on farms, building sites and at home, many paid by the piece or the day, with no paid leave and no cooling. When heat forces them to cut back on paid work, the cooking, cleaning and caring that fill the rest of the day do not shrink; their income does. > When heatwaves force women to cut back on paid work, their overall workload does not decline; income does. Excerpt of 18 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ISignal. ### Intensification and spatial shifts of heatwave hotspot across India under climate and ENSO influences with health risk assessment - Kind: Research paper - Date: 9 March 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Shravani Banerjee and B. Padmakumari and M. V. Ramana. Scientific Reports - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-intensification-and-spatial-shifts-of - Source: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-026-38289-x - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260811125548/https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-026-38289-x A study of where in India heatwaves strike, and how that has changed between 1981 and 2020. Average summer daytime highs rose by about a degree over the period, El Niño years pushed them higher still, and the area of the country that counts as a heatwave hotspot grew by about half. For 2011–2020 it finds the central plains, the southeastern coast, parts of western India and Gangetic West Bengal among the regions most at risk. > From 1981 to 2020, India’s average summer Tmax increased by 1.0 ± 0.12 °C, primarily driven by global warming, resulting in a higher frequency, duration, and extent of extreme HWs. Excerpt of 30 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Scientific Reports. ### Critical Perspectives on Extreme Heat in India - Kind: Reporting - Date: April 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Satchit Balsari and Kartikeya Bhatotia and Mihir Bhatt and Sharon Block and Caroline O. Buckee and Jorge Gastelumendi and Peter Huybers and Owen Gow and Tarun Khanna and Nitya Mohan Khemka and Radhika Khosla and Bhargav Krishna and Robert D. Meade and Rajesh Nayak and Aditya Valiathan Pillai and Rajan Rawal and Lucas Vargas Zeppetello. Harvard University. Salata Institute for Climate and Sustainability - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-critical-perspectives-on-extreme-heat - Source: https://salatainstitute.harvard.edu/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/April-2026-Critical-Perspectives-on-Extreme-Heat-in-India_web.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001155933/https://salatainstitute.harvard.edu/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/April-2026-Critical-Perspectives-on-Extreme-Heat-in-India_web.pdf A white paper from a workshop Harvard’s Salata and Mittal institutes held in New Delhi with India’s environment ministry in March 2025. Climate scientists, physicians, labour organisers, architects and economists each take one question: how fast India is warming, how hot is too hot, and whether cool roofs, heat action plans, heat insurance and labour law can protect people. Its value is its scepticism. Most chapters find the popular remedy weaker than its reputation, and say what would have to change for it to work. > Daily wage workers must decide whether to stop working on a given day before knowing whether the payout conditions will be met. Excerpt of 22 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Salata Institute for Climate and Sustainability. ### To Unlock Heatwave Disaster Funds, India Needs To Fix The Fineprint - Kind: Reporting - Date: 4 May 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Tanvi Deshpande. ISignal - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-to-unlock-heatwave-disaster-funds - Source: https://www.isignal.in/earthcheckindia/to-unlock-heatwave-disaster-funds-india-needs-to-fix-the-fineprint-984795 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162820/https://www.isignal.in/earthcheckindia/to-unlock-heatwave-disaster-funds-india-needs-to-fix-the-fineprint-984795 Tanvi Deshpande explains what making heatwaves a national disaster would mean, written while the Finance Commission’s recommendation still awaited the government’s acceptance. It could unlock central money for states, allow immediate relief and help pay for heat action plans. But eligibility could hang on fragile records: a death certified as heat stroke and, in some cases, a heatwave declared by the weather office in that place on that day. > If there is a heat stroke death but a ‘heatwave’ is not declared by the IMD in that region on that day, the victims may not get compensation. Excerpt of 28 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ISignal. ### Why Can’t India Get its Heatwave Mortality Data Right? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 21 May 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Anoushka Rajesh. The Quint - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-why-cant-india-get-its - Source: https://www.thequint.com/climate-change/india-heatwave-heatstroke-deaths-mortality-data - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163054/https://www.thequint.com/climate-change/india-heatwave-heatstroke-deaths-mortality-data Anoushka Rajesh explains how India’s three main heat-death counts are built. The crime records bureau works from police reports and needs no clinical confirmation. The disease control centre tracks deaths reported by hospitals, and so misses many who die elsewhere. The weather office’s count is bound to the heatwave days it declares. For 2015 to 2020 the three came to roughly 8,200, 3,800 and 3,400. > “India doesn’t have a robust system of registration for deaths, not only for heat, but in general. The cause of death analysis is poor as well. Partly because a proper system has not been developed,” Excerpt of 35 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Quint. ### Estimating heatwave-induced excess mortality in India’s districts - Kind: Research paper - Date: 26 May 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Piyush Narang and Ashok Gadgil. Frontiers in Environmental Health - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-estimating-heatwave-induced-excess-mortality - Source: https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/environmental-health/articles/10.3389/fenvh.2026.1789071/pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925064930/https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/environmental-health/articles/10.3389/fenvh.2026.1789071/pdf Two researchers at the University of California, Berkeley, take the ten-city study of heat and death and stretch it to every district of India, matching each district to the study city with the most similar climate. Their answer is that one day of extreme heat brings about 3,400 extra deaths across the country, and a five-day heatwave nearly 30,000. These are modelled estimates, not counts, and the authors say plainly that they cannot be set beside official heat-death tallies. > We estimate that a single day of extreme heat causes approximately 3,400 excess deaths nationally; a five-day heatwave causes nearly 30,000. Excerpt of 21 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Frontiers in Environmental Health. ### Instant Delivery Companies Say They’re Sheltering Workers From the Heat. Reality Looks Different - Kind: Reporting - Date: 28 May 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Atul Ashok Howale. The Wire - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-instant-delivery-companies-say-theyre - Source: https://thewire.in/labour/special-instant-delivery-companies-say-theyre-sheltering-workers-from-the-heat-reality-looks-different - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260528103435/https://thewire.in/labour/special-instant-delivery-companies-say-theyre-sheltering-workers-from-the-heat-reality-looks-different Atul Ashok Howale signed up as a delivery rider with three quick-commerce companies in Delhi during the heatwave of May 2026. The companies described cooling vests for some riders, drinking water and coolers at rest areas, some still being installed. He found a rider eating lunch on his bike outside a store with no shade, warm water, and two orders in an hour that paid ₹44. > With our total earnings at Rs 44, it made no sense to purchase even a bottle of water. However, the Swiggy outlet had no cool water for gig workers – its delivery ‘partners’. Excerpt of 33 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The Wire. ### India’s Heatwave Is a Warning for the Future - Kind: Reporting - Date: 2 June 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Kayly Ober. Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. Emissary - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-indias-heatwave-is-a-warning - Source: https://carnegieendowment.org/emissary/2026/06/india-heatwave-electricty-climate Kayly Ober, a visiting scholar at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, reads the 2026 heatwave as a stress test that India’s energy transition has not yet passed. Demand crossed 270 gigawatts for the first time on 21 May, coal supplied upward of three-quarters of power at peak hours, and solar output collapses after sunset just as evening cooling demand rises. She sets this beside the workers in heat-exposed sectors, and the fact that only 8 percent of households have air conditioning. > But solar generation peaks in the afternoon and collapses after sunset—precisely when accumulated heat drives a second wave of air conditioning use. The gap between solar’s output and evening demand must be filled by something—and without adequate battery storage, that something remains coal and gas. Excerpt of 45 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Emissary. ### Are India’s big cities getting hotter? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 4 June 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Bhuvanesh. This Indian Life. This Indian Life - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-are-indias-big-cities-getting - Source: https://thisindianlife.today/articles/are-indias-big-cities-getting-hotter/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001155840/https://thisindianlife.today/articles/are-indias-big-cities-getting-hotter/ A city-by-city reading of the ERA5 reanalysis for 38 Indian cities from 1940 to 2025. Average temperatures have risen in almost all of them, but the count of very hot afternoons rises in some cities and falls in others. What climbs nearly everywhere is the heat the body cannot escape: nights that stay above 28°C, and days that feel like 40°C once humidity is counted. Chennai, it finds, now has roughly twice as many hot nights a year as in the 1940s. > The nights are different. This chart counts nights when the temperature never drops below 28°C, when the body gets no overnight break to recover. Unlike very hot days, hot nights are rising in almost every city. Excerpt of 36 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to This Indian Life. ### Are India’s heat deaths being counted? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 4 June 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Bhuvanesh. This Indian Life. This Indian Life - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-are-indias-heat-deaths-being - Source: https://thisindianlife.today/articles/are-indias-heat-deaths-being-counted/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001155819/https://thisindianlife.today/articles/are-indias-heat-deaths-being-counted/ A data story that sets India’s different counts of heat deaths side by side and asks why they disagree. It finds part of the answer in the death register. India now registers nearly every death, but in 2023 the cause of only about one in five registered deaths was medically certified. A death that heat helped bring on is unlikely to be labelled a heat death if its cause is never certified. > Heat often kills by tipping weak hearts, kidneys and lungs over the edge. If the cause is never medically certified, it will not become a heat death in the official count. Excerpt of 31 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to This Indian Life. ### Science confirms what Indians experience: nights are now warmer - Kind: Reporting - Date: 4 June 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Mahima Jain. Mongabay India - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-science-confirms-what-indians-experience - Source: https://india.mongabay.com/2026/06/science-confirms-what-indians-experience-nights-are-now-warmer/ Mahima Jain reports on India’s warming nights. In 2025 the national minimum temperature sat further above its average than the maximum, and cities are warming at night nearly twice as fast as the country. Warm nights, humid ones above all, deny the body its nightly cooling. Night temperatures are not a primary criterion when India declares a heatwave, and most heat action plans are built around daytime highs. > Currently, India doesn’t have a policy for tackling warm nights nor are they included in the definition of heatwaves. Excerpt of 19 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Mongabay India. ### How many died from heat in Telangana? The answer depends on who’s counting - Kind: Reporting - Date: 7 June 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Jahnavi and Bharathy Singaravel. The News Minute - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-how-many-died-from-heat - Source: https://www.thenewsminute.com/amp/story/telangana/how-many-died-from-heat-in-telangana-the-answer-depends-on-whos-counting - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163136/https://www.thenewsminute.com/amp/story/telangana/how-many-died-from-heat-in-telangana-the-answer-depends-on-whos-counting A report from Telangana, where an eligible family can now receive ₹4 lakh for a confirmed heat death. A Telugu daily reported 51 heatstroke deaths on a single day in May 2026; the state had confirmed eight for the season. Over 2019 to 2024 the state’s revenue department recorded 38 deaths from heatwave conditions, while the crime records bureau recorded 560 deaths from heat or sunstroke, because the two use different tests. > “A death that is real to the family, also visible in the media, and medically plausible may still be absent from compensation records. Excerpt of 23 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The News Minute. ### Night shifts help brick kiln workers avoid peak heat, not its consequences - Kind: Reporting - Date: 26 June 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Shivam Bhardwaj. Mongabay India - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-night-shifts-help-brick-kiln - Source: https://india.mongabay.com/2026/06/night-shifts-help-brick-kiln-workers-avoid-peak-heat-not-its-consequences/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260723094306/https://india.mongabay.com/2026/06/night-shifts-help-brick-kiln-workers-avoid-peak-heat-not-its-consequences/ Shivam Bhardwaj reports from brick kilns in Bareilly, Rampur and Amroha, where some families now mould bricks from around midnight to escape the day’s heat. One couple are paid ₹400 for every thousand bricks, and say fewer bricks mean less income. The wife says their tin-roofed shelter bakes by day, making sleep impossible. Many workers sleep three or four hours a day in peak summer. > “Fewer bricks mean less income. We can either think about getting enough sleep or feeding our families; we cannot do both.” Excerpt of 21 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Mongabay India. ### Too hot to work, too poor to rest: health and economic impacts of heat stress on informal workers in urban India - Kind: Reporting - Date: July 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Ritu Bharadwaj and N Karthikeyan and Raashee Abhilashi and Archana Shukla Mukherjee and Vandana Khurana and Harita Yadav Saha and Rijo George. International Institute for Environment and Development. IIED - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-too-hot-to-work-too - Source: https://www.iied.org/sites/default/files/pdfs/2026-07/22750iied.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260915033239/https://www.iied.org/sites/default/files/pdfs/2026-07/22750iied.pdf A survey of 538 households of informal workers in Agra, Ajmer and Delhi, most of them migrants on construction sites, brick kilns and roads, or in garment, food and stone workshops. It follows heat through their days and nights: the work, the homes that release the day’s heat through the night, the illness, the lost wages and the debts. Its central finding is that workers indoors, in enclosed and poorly ventilated workshops, are no better protected than those in the sun. > A large part of the loss occurs even when workers stay at work, so assessments that count only absence understate the true impact of heat. Excerpt of 25 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to IIED. ### Heatwaves push ozone pollution to dangerous levels across India - Kind: Reporting - Date: 28 July 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Nature India. Nature India - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-heatwaves-push-ozone-pollution-to - Source: https://www.nature.com/articles/d44151-026-00141-6 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162711/https://www.nature.com/articles/d44151-026-00141-6?error=cookies_not_supported&code=288a4722-7b8b-498b-950d-21ea6bd50a06 A short report on a study from IIT Kharagpur of twenty years of temperature and ozone data, covering 188 heatwaves. Heat speeds up the chemistry that turns exhaust and smoke into ground-level ozone, so heatwaves bring a second hazard that lingers for days after they end. The study estimates that ozone during the 2024 heatwaves was linked to about 26,500 deaths from heart and lung disease. > Intense heat speeds up the photochemical reactions that convert vehicle exhaust, industrial emissions, and biomass-burning byproducts into ozone. Excerpt of 18 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Nature India. ### A Livable Future: Protecting Jobs and Growth from Extreme Heat in South Asia’s Cities - Kind: Reporting - Date: 29 July 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By World Bank. World Bank - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-a-livable-future-protecting-jobs - Source: https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099072226125517919/pdf/P500527-52dcf4df-7abb-43bc-9997-15db1fca9153.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261002032117/https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099072226125517919/pdf/P500527-52dcf4df-7abb-43bc-9997-15db1fca9153.pdf The World Bank’s study of what extreme heat does to work and growth in the cities of Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, the Maldives, Nepal and Sri Lanka. It sets out what governments can do through the institutions and budgets they already have. It treats heat as a jobs problem: one that cuts the output of people already working and discourages the investment that would create new work. It proposes fifteen measures, from early warnings and protection for outdoor workers to building codes, cooling standards and heat insurance. > Heat deaths tend to be recorded as cardiac or renal failure, so they rarely reach the statistics governments act on; excess-mortality analysis associates a single five-day heatwave in India with roughly 30,000 deaths. Excerpt of 33 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to World Bank. ### Declaring heatwaves as a natural disaster: Lok Sabha Unstarred Question No. 2541 - Kind: Reporting - Date: 4 August 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Ministry of Home Affairs. Lok Sabha - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-declaring-heatwaves-as-a-natural - Source: https://sansad.in/getFile/lsapps/loksabhaquestions/annex/188/AU2541_Ql0SOe.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162804/https://sansad.in/getFile/lsapps/loksabhaquestions/annex/188/AU2541_Ql0SOe.pdf The Home Ministry’s answer in Parliament that heatwaves are now a notified natural calamity. Following the Sixteenth Finance Commission, heatwaves and lightning were added to the list of calamities for which the national and state disaster response funds pay relief, for 2026 to 2031. The answer also gives the health ministry’s count of heatstroke cases and confirmed deaths in 2026, as of 26 July. > Based on these recommendations, the Ministry of Home Affairs has included heatwaves and lightning in the list of notified natural calamities under the Operational Guidelines for Administration of the State Disaster Response Fund (SDRF) and National Disaster Response Fund (NDRF) for the award Excerpt of 43 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Lok Sabha. ### How many Indians die of heat? Depends on who you ask - Kind: Reporting - Date: 23 September 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Rakesh Dubbudu. India Together - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-how-many-indians-die-of - Source: https://indiatogether.org/heat-deaths-count/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001155908/https://indiatogether.org/heat-deaths-count/ Rakesh Dubbudu, writing from the team at the data journalism site Factly, explains why at least four central agencies keep separate tallies of heat deaths and why they disagree. The National Crime Records Bureau counts what police records say, the disaster authority counts deaths tied to a declared heatwave, the weather office counts by heatwave days, and the health ministry tracks suspected heat stroke flagged by district hospitals. Between 2000 and 2020 the crime bureau counted over 20,600 heatstroke deaths, the disaster authority about 17,700 and the weather office about 10,500. > A labourer who collapses in a 44°C field in mid-May may be in all four, in some, or in none. Excerpt of 20 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to India Together. ### For India’s Hijra women, rising heat comes with dangerous trade-offs - Kind: Reporting - Date: 25 September 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Anuj Behal. Dialogue Earth - Anchor: /long-view/5-india-heat-deaths-heatwaves/#e-2026-for-indias-hijra-women-rising - Source: https://dialogue.earth/en/climate/for-indias-hijra-women-rising-heat-comes-with-dangerous-trade-offs/ Dialogue Earth spoke to 26 Hijra women, a community of transgender and intersex people, in Delhi, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Chennai. Shut out of most jobs, many depend on blessing drivers at traffic signals, one of the community’s most visible sources of income, standing for hours in the sun in heavy saris. One woman whose earnings at the signal fell with the heat now does sex work at night, which spares her the day’s heat but is unpredictable and often violent. Another says the heat has grown harder to bear since she began hormone therapy. > “There are days when my blood pressure drops and I feel like I’m going to collapse,” she says. “But if I don’t stand at the [traffic] signal, I don’t earn.” Excerpt of 30 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Dialogue Earth. --- Life in India keeps this Long View at the URL above. Entries are other people’s work, credited in full and linked first. Licence: our notes, "Where things stand" and the record as data are CC BY 4.0 (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/); credit "Life in India" with a link. Quotations belong to their authors and publishers. See /licence/. --- # Long View 6 · Who owns India's hospitals now: private equity in health care First-language title (hi): अस्पतालों के नए मालिक > Since about 2020, private equity funds and foreign investment companies have bought control of many of India's largest hospital chains, and of fertility, eye, dialysis and cancer chains. Studies abroad, mostly American, find prices rise under such owners and quality is mixed to worse. No Indian study has yet measured what this ownership does to patients. A record of who has bought India's hospitals and clinics, why the money came and how investors leave, what research in America, Britain and Europe finds private equity does to prices, staff and patients, and how little is known in India. - Opened: 1 October 2026 - Kept by: The editors - Entries: 57 - Where things stand: revision 1, 01.10.2026 - Canonical URL: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/ ## Where things stand (revision 1, 1 October 2026) In July 2026 Manipal, India's largest private hospital network by beds, [opened its ₹9,275 crore share sale](https://www.businesstoday.in/magazine/cover-story/story/how-indias-private-hospitals-are-expanding-in-different-forms-549606-2026-08-17) to the public, and its shares began trading 11% above the issue price. In 2015 it owned ten hospitals in five states and sold a minority stake to TPG, an investment firm, for ₹900 crore. By September 2025 it ran 48 hospitals with 12,367 licensed beds, and three of the companies that controlled it were registered in Singapore, at one address. In 2023 Temasek, the Singapore investment company, had agreed to buy a further 41%, which took its holding to 59%, as TPG's older fund left and its newer fund kept 11%. Manipal's story, told in its own filings, is the story of this record: Indian hospitals bought, built up and sold on by private equity funds and other investors, whose money comes from pension funds, governments and the very rich. Since 2021, according to Business Today, at least nine large deals involving Temasek, Blackstone, KKR, General Atlantic, Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan and Barings have changed the owners of well-known chains. [Blackstone bought control of CARE Hospitals](https://biospectrumindia.com/news/98/23772/blackstone-to-acquire-care-hospitals-and-kimshealth-creating-largest-healthcare-platform-.html) from a TPG fund in 2023 and agreed to buy KIMSHEALTH, whose investor, True North, sold its whole stake. Rather than sell, Blackstone then merged the chain into the listed Aster DM Healthcare, and with Aster's founders jointly controls the result, which took effect on 1 July 2026 with 10,898 beds. Pune's Sahyadri Hospitals went from one investor, Everstone, to Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan in 2022, and on to Manipal in 2025. In Kerala, where most people rely on private hospitals, [KKR took control of Baby Memorial Hospital](https://www.newslaundry.com/2026/07/04/who-owns-your-hospitals-private-equitys-growing-grip-on-keralas-healthcare) in Kozhikode in 2024, and within months it bought a family hospital in Thodupuzha that had run for 91 years. The rating agency ICRA shows what the new owners watch: occupancy at CARE's parent rose to 64% from 59%, revenue per occupied bed grew 5 to 6% a year, and the operating margin reached 20.2%, helped by a better case mix and revised tariffs. The money has gone beyond large hospitals, into chains that do one thing many times over. These are roll-ups, built by buying small clinics and bringing them under one owner. EQT's fund took control of Indira IVF, India's largest fertility chain, in 2023, when it had 116 centres; by July 2025 it had 186. In 2024-25 its IVF cycles barely changed, 42,622 against 42,484, but its revenue rose 8.7% because the average price of a cycle went up to about ₹3.7 lakh from ₹3.5 lakh, and when a 2021 law raised the cost of donors the company passed it on to patients. The same pattern runs through eye and kidney care. The eye chain ASG raised ₹1,500 crore from two funds with a [pipeline of regional chains to buy](https://www.generalatlantic.com/media-article/general-atlantic-and-kedaara-capital-lead-inr-1500-crore-investment-in-asg-eye-hospitals/). Dr Agarwal's, with 209 eye facilities and about 25% of the market for eye-care chains, took about three in five rupees of its revenue in cash from patients. The dialysis chain NephroPlus, whose promoters include Investcorp's private equity funds, ran 519 clinics; in each of the two years before its 2025 listing, more than half its nephrologists and duty doctors left. The investors came to a system in which private hospitals already did most of the work and patients paid much of the bill. In 2017-18, private hospitals handled 55.3% of hospital stays other than for childbirth, and a stay there cost a family ₹31,845 in medical bills on average, against ₹4,452 in a government hospital. India has 1.3 hospital beds for every 1,000 people, [less than half the global average of three](https://www.niti.gov.in/sites/default/files/2021-03/InvestmentOpportunities_HealthcareSector_0.pdf#page=25), NITI Aayog told investors in 2021. In 2022-23 households paid [43.41% of all health spending out of their own pockets](https://nhsrcindia.org/sites/default/files/2026-05/NHA%202022-23%20Report.pdf#page=33). That share had fallen from 64.2% in 2013-14 as the state and insurers paid more, to 39.4% in 2021-22, before rising again. Insurance is spreading: in the national family health survey of 2023-24, 60.2% of households had someone covered by a health insurance or financing scheme, up from 41.0% in 2019-21. Crisil Ratings found private hospitals' revenue growing about 18% a year with healthy margins, which drew ₹55,000 to 60,000 crore from private equity and share sales from 2021-22 on. Average revenue per occupied bed keeps rising, it says, as hospitals treat more complex cases and more insured patients. Buyers now [value hospitals at 20 to 30 times EBITDA](https://www.grantthornton.in/insights/thought-leadership/vitals-for-growth-decoding-healthcare-financing-and-funding-in-india/), their yearly operating profit, and expect returns of 20 to 30% a year. The money is large but recent. By EY and IVCA's count, private equity and venture capital put $2.1 billion into Indian healthcare in 2021, $5.1 billion in 2023 and $2.6 billion in 2025. A count of hospitals alone, from deal records, found 38 deals worth US$5,378.65 million between April 2020 and March 2024, with the average deal four times the size of those before Covid. This record has found no published count of how many of India's beds these funds own. The large chains where the deals have been made hold a small part of private care: [ICRA's 18 large chains](https://www.icra.in/Rating/DownloadResearchSummaryReport?id=6779#page=2) plan more than 34,000 new beds by 2030, half again what they have, and that would add only 2.3 to 2.5% to India's private beds. A fund must sell. Investors interviewed by Benjamin Hunter and colleagues in Maharashtra described [a cycle of three to seven years](https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9566.70041): grow the chain fast, often by buying smaller hospitals in debt, and sell to new investors at a higher value. Sometimes the buyer is the stock market. KKR sold 27% of Max Healthcare in a single day in 2022, for ₹9,185 crore. More often it is another fund. CVC sold control of the cancer chain HCG to KKR at ₹445 a share, listing a transformational value creation program among its achievements, and Apax sold the surgical-products maker Healthium to KKR. Ontario Teachers' agreed to sell Sahyadri to Manipal after three years. What such owners do once they are in has been studied mostly in the United States, where private equity has bought hospitals, nursing homes and doctors' practices. The most consistent finding is that prices rise. Across ten specialties, [prices rose in eight](https://www.antitrustinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/AAI-UCB-EG_Private-Equity-I-Physician-Practice-Report_FINAL.pdf#page=5) after private equity bought a practice, by 4% in primary care up to 16% in cancer care, more where one firm held much of a local market. Anaesthesia prices rose 26.0% at management companies backed by private equity and 12.9% at others. At dermatology, gastroenterology and eye practices, charges per claim rose 20.2% and what insurers paid rose 11.0%. Of 12 studies of what patients or insurers pay, nine found it rose and none found it fell. Debt is the other thread. In a leveraged buyout the loans taken to buy a company are placed on the company itself, and Eileen Appelbaum and Rosemary Batt describe funds [consolidating small providers, loading them with debt](https://www.ineteconomics.org/uploads/papers/WP_118-Appelbaum-and-Batt-2-rb-Clean.pdf#page=2), and selling them on. An American Senate committee found that the fund Leonard Green took $424 million of the $645 million that Prospect Medical paid out, leaving the hospital company in severe financial distress. In Britain, the five largest private equity care home groups paid £102 a bed each week in interest, 16% of the average weekly fee. Among children's homes, private equity owners' profits covered their interest only 1.07 times, against 9 times for other providers. In India, Blackstone and TPG paid for CARE's purchases largely with new equity, but Indira IVF's ₹1,150 crore loan, taken to buy out earlier shareholders, was moved onto the company's own books. On patients the evidence is less clear, and how it was gathered matters. Most studies use difference-in-differences: they compare the change at places that were bought with the change, over the same years, at similar places that were not. In American nursing homes, deaths during a stay and the 90 days after rose 11% under private equity owners, once researchers allowed for those homes taking in healthier patients. In hospitals, harm from the stay itself, such as falls and infections from central lines, rose 25.4%. In England, care homes in private equity chains were 6.6 percentage points more likely to be rated as needing improvement or inadequate. Other studies found no change: one of 21 million admissions found outcomes mostly unchanged, and one of hospitals bought by private equity found no rise in deaths or prices, though patient satisfaction fell. The main review, of 55 studies, rated none at low risk of bias, and [warns its findings may not hold](https://www.bmj.com/content/bmj/382/bmj-2023-075244.full.pdf#page=14) where the state pays for most care. India has warnings but no measurements. In 2018 the drug price regulator found that medicines, devices and tests made up 46% of bills at four private hospitals in Delhi and its suburbs and that [the hospitals, not the manufacturers, took the profit](https://web.archive.org/web/20180304015226/http://www.nppaindia.nic.in/order/overcharging_Details%2820022018%29.pdf); it did not ask who owned them. Oxfam interviewed five patients or their relatives in Chhattisgarh and Odisha; three said CARE or Narayana hospitals would not accept their government insurance cards, which Narayana and CARE's shareholder TPG deny. Researchers in Maharashtra describe doctors working under revenue targets in corporate hospitals. The national family health survey sorts facilities only as public or private, but it shows that private hospitals already practise differently: in 2023-24, [54.1% of births in private facilities](https://www.nfhsiips.in/nfhsuser/assets/National%20Family%20Health%20Survey%20%28NFHS-6%29%202023-2024%20Fact%20Sheets.pdf#page=26) were by caesarean section, against 16.9% in public ones, and the private rate was higher in every state. A count of 274 corporate hospitals found the top 15 taking 56.3% of the profits. Ameer Shahul's book The Silent Syndicate follows the money; its reviewer in Frontline found the effects on patients [more implied than stated](https://frontline.thehindu.com/books/silent-syndicate-ameer-shahul-private-equity-healthcare-india/article71340692.ece/amp/). Research has not caught up. Of about 232 articles on private equity in health care indexed by the medical database PubMed since 2000, [84% are about the United States](https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1953760) and none is about India. Of 20 countries the OECD surveyed, only two could count who owns their clinics. This record has found no study that has yet compared prices, care or outcomes at Indian hospitals before and after investors bought them with similar hospitals they did not buy. ॥ Changed in this revision: The Long View opened with the deals that put India's largest hospital, fertility, eye and dialysis chains under private equity and other investment funds, the reasons the money came and how it leaves, the research in America, Britain and Europe on what such owners do to prices, debt and patients, and what is and is not known in India. ## Entries ### TPG to Invest in Manipal Health Enterprises - Kind: Press release - Date: 26 February 2015 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By TPG. TPG - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2015-tpg-to-invest-in-manipal - Source: https://www.tpg.com/news-and-insights/tpg-invest-manipal-health-enterprises - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162606/https://www.tpg.com/news-and-insights/tpg-invest-manipal-health-enterprises TPG, an investment firm founded in 1992 whose work includes leveraged buyouts, growth investments and restructurings, takes a significant minority stake in Manipal Health Enterprises for ₹900 crore. Manipal then owned and ran ten multi-specialty hospitals in five states and was part of the Manipal Education and Medical Group. The release presents the money as a way to grow and to draw on TPG’s know-how. > TPG will take a significant minority stake in MHEPL for Rs. 900 crores. Terms of the transaction were not disclosed. Excerpt of 20 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to TPG. ### Surprise! Out-of-Network Billing for Emergency Care in the United States - Kind: Research paper - Date: January 2018 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Zack Cooper and Fiona Scott Morton and Nathan Shekita. NBER Working Paper 23623 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2018-surprise-out-of-network-billing - Source: https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w23623/w23623.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260607013736/https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w23623/w23623.pdf How surprise bills worked in American emergency rooms: a patient goes to a hospital in their insurer’s network but is treated by a doctor outside it, who bills at full price. When EmCare, a company that staffs emergency departments, took over a hospital’s emergency room, its doctors left insurers’ networks and raised charges by 96%. KKR, a private equity firm, bought EmCare in 2018; the data predate that. > When EmCare enters into a new contract to manage a hospital’s ED services, they immediately exit networks, bill as out-of-network providers, and seek to collect their charges (which they also raise by 96 percent relative to the charges billed by the prior physician group in that hospital). Excerpt of 47 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to NBER Working Paper 23623. ### Office Memorandum on overcharging by four private hospitals in Delhi/NCR - Kind: Government memorandum - Date: 20 February 2018 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority. Office Memorandum, File No. 27(2)/ 2017-Div-III/NPPA - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2018-office-memorandum-on-overcharging-by - Source: https://web.archive.org/web/20180304015226/http://www.nppaindia.nic.in/order/overcharging_Details(20022018).pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20210812110727/https://web.archive.org/web/20180304015226/http://www.nppaindia.nic.in/order/overcharging_Details(20022018).pdf The government’s drug price regulator analysed the bills of patients who died at four well-known private hospitals in Delhi and the National Capital Region, after families complained of inflated bills. Medicines, devices and tests made up 46% of the bills; families said the initial estimates had grown three to four times; and some margins were, in its word, exorbitant. NPPA concluded the hospitals, not the manufacturers, took the profit. It looked at four hospitals, and the memorandum does not discuss who owned them. > Last but not the least, the major beneficiaries of profits in all these cases because of inflated MRPs have been hospitals rather than drugs and devices’ manufacturers. Excerpt of 27 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Office Memorandum, File No. 27(2)/ 2017-Div-III/NPPA. ### Key Indicators of Social Consumption in India: Health, NSS 75th Round (July 2017 – June 2018) - Kind: Data - Date: November 2019 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By National Statistical Office. Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation - Figure: 55.3% of hospital stays other than for childbirth were in private hospitals, July 2017 to June 2018 Source: NSS 75th round, Statement 3.10 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2019-key-indicators-of-social-consumption - Source: https://mospi.gov.in/sites/default/files/publication_reports/KI_Health_75th_Final.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260905010650/https://www.mospi.gov.in/sites/default/files/publication_reports/KI_Health_75th_Final.pdf The government’s household survey of illness and treatment, for July 2017 to June 2018. Private hospitals handled 55.3% of hospital stays other than for childbirth across India, 61.4% in towns and cities. An average stay in a private hospital cost a family ₹31,845 in medical bills, against ₹4,452 in a government hospital. These tables do not separate corporate chains from small private hospitals, so they cannot show what investor ownership adds. > Statement 3.10 shows the break-up of hospitalisation cases by type of hospital: Government/public hospitals, charitable/NGO/trust-run hospitals and private hospitals. Excerpt of 19 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation. ### Plugging the leaks in the UK care home industry: Strategies for resolving the financial crisis in the residential and nursing home sector - Kind: Reporting - Date: November 2019 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Vivek Kotecha. Centre for Health and the Public Interest - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2019-plugging-the-leaks-in-the - Source: https://chpi.org.uk/s/CHPI-PluggingTheLeaks-Nov19-FINAL.pdf A study of the accounts of 830 British care home companies, by the Centre for Health and the Public Interest, a think tank, part-funded by the union UNISON. One finding is about debt. The five largest private equity care home groups had borrowed £35,072 for each bed and paid £102 a bed each week in interest, 16% of the average weekly fee; other large for-profit chains paid £14. It recalls that Southern Cross and Four Seasons, which together cared for 45,000 residents, had left the industry or gone into administration. > £102 The aggregate amount paid per bed per week in interest costs by the 5 largest private equity owned or backed care home providers. This is equivalent to 16% of the weighted average weekly fee (£622) paid for a residential care bed in the UK. Excerpt of 45 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Centre for Health and the Public Interest. ### The impacts of corporatisation of healthcare on medical practice and professionals in Maharashtra, India - Kind: Research paper - Date: February 2020 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Citation: doi:10.1136/bmjgh-2019-002026 - Credit: By Shweta Marathe and Benjamin M Hunter and Indira Chakravarthi and Abhay Shukla and Susan F Murray. BMJ Global Health, volume 5 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2020-the-impacts-of-corporatisation-of - Source: https://gh.bmj.com/content/bmjgh/5/2/e002026.full.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250710195446/https://gh.bmj.com/content/bmjgh/5/2/e002026.full.pdf What the shift to large corporate hospitals has done to doctors in two large cities of Maharashtra, from interviews with 43 people who know the system well. Doctors increasingly train in expensive private colleges and then work as salaried staff in corporate hospitals, under revenue targets and with less say over their own practice. Respondents tied this to rising costs, malpractice and mistrust between doctors and patients. These are people’s accounts, not measurements. > We describe a ‘reprofessionalisation’ of medicine encompassing changes in employment relations, performance targets and constraints placed on professional autonomy within the private healthcare sector that is accompanied by trends in cost inflation, medical malpractice, and distrust in doctor-patient relationships. Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to BMJ Global Health, volume 5. ### Private Equity Buyouts in Healthcare: Who Wins, Who Loses? - Kind: Reporting - Date: 15 March 2020 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Eileen Appelbaum and Rosemary Batt. Institute for New Economic Thinking Working Paper No. 118 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2020-private-equity-buyouts-in-healthcare - Source: https://www.ineteconomics.org/uploads/papers/WP_118-Appelbaum-and-Batt-2-rb-Clean.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260520213601/https://www.ineteconomics.org/uploads/papers/WP_118-Appelbaum-and-Batt-2-rb-Clean.pdf Eileen Appelbaum and Rosemary Batt’s account of the private equity method in American health care, drawn from a wide range of sources. An extended example is Steward Health Care, which Cerberus built in 2010 from Catholic hospitals in Massachusetts and loaded with sale-and-leaseback deals: selling the hospitals’ buildings and renting them back. By 2020, they wrote, Steward’s finances were in ruins while Cerberus had more than recovered its investment. > In each of these segments, private equity has taken the lead in consolidating small providers, loading them with debt, and rolling them up into large powerhouses with substantial market power before exiting with handsome returns. Excerpt of 35 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Institute for New Economic Thinking Working Paper No. 118. ### Investment Opportunities in India’s Healthcare Sector - Kind: Reporting - Date: March 2021 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By NITI Aayog. NITI Aayog - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2021-investment-opportunities-in-indias-healthcare - Source: https://www.niti.gov.in/sites/default/files/2021-03/InvestmentOpportunities_HealthcareSector_0.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250804111939/https://www.niti.gov.in/sites/default/files/2021-03/InvestmentOpportunities_HealthcareSector_0.pdf? NITI Aayog’s report on investment opportunities in health care. It sets out the shortage that private money is meant to fill: 1.3 hospital beds for every 1,000 Indians, less than half the global average of three. It presents PM-JAY, the national scheme that pays for hospital care for poorer families, as a chance to use the private sector to treat the poor, and points private hospitals towards smaller cities, where competition and land cost less. > India currently has 1.3 hospital beds per 1,000 population.1,16 There is also a shortage of skilled health workers, with 0.65 physicians per 1,000 people (the World Health Organisation standard is 1 per 1,000 people) and 1.3 nurses per 1,000 people. Excerpt of 40 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to NITI Aayog. ### Prevalence and Performance of Private Equity-Affiliated Fertility Practices in the United States - Kind: Research paper - Date: 15 September 2021 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Alexander Borsa and Joseph Dov Bruch. Fertility and Sterility - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2021-prevalence-and-performance-of-private - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8714667/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260324000953/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8714667/ Fertility care is where private equity holds the largest share of any American medical specialty, the authors find. In 2018, 14.7% of fertility practices were tied to private equity but did 29.3% of IVF cycles. Their patients were more likely to have embryos genetically tested before transfer, and success rates for women under 35 were no different. It is a snapshot of one year, not a before-and-after study. > A major portion of fertility practices in the U.S. are private equity-affiliated, and these practices perform an even greater portion of ART cycles in the U.S. each year. Fertility appears to be the medical specialty with the greatest market share owned by private equity. Excerpt of 44 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Fertility and Sterility. ### Association of Private Equity Investment in US Nursing Homes With the Quality and Cost of Care for Long-Stay Residents - Kind: Research paper - Date: November 2021 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Robert Tyler Braun and Hye-Young Jung and Lawrence P. Casalino and Zachary Myslinski and Mark Aaron Unruh. JAMA Health Forum - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2021-association-of-private-equity-investment - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8796926/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260316193000/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8796926/ Long-term residents of American nursing homes, followed before and after 302 homes were bought by private equity, against residents of other for-profit homes. Emergency visits for conditions good care should prevent rose 11.1%, hospital admissions for them 8.7%, and the cost to Medicare 3.9%. Use of antipsychotic drugs, severe pain and bedsores did not change measurably. > In adjusted differences-in-differences comparisons, PE firm acquisition was associated with an 11.1% relative increase in ACS ED visits (1.7 of 15.3; 1.7 percentage points; 95% CI, 0.3-3.0 percentage points; P = .02), an 8.7% relative increase in ACS hospitalizations (1.0 of 11.5; 1.0 percentage point; 95% CI, 0.2-1.1 percentage points; P = .003) Excerpt of 53 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to JAMA Health Forum. ### Children's social care market study: final report - Kind: Reporting - Date: 10 March 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Competition and Markets Authority. Competition and Markets Authority - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-childrens-social-care-market-study - Source: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6228726cd3bf7f158c844f65/Final_report.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260501021528/https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6228726cd3bf7f158c844f65/Final_report.pdf Britain’s competition regulator on the companies that run children’s homes in England. It found steady operating profit margins of 22.6% among the largest providers. On private equity its finding is about fragility rather than price: private equity owners’ profits covered their interest only 1.07 times, against 9 times for other providers, leaving homes for vulnerable children exposed if a company failed. Prices at private equity homes were only slightly higher. > The average level of interest coverage (ie profit divided by interest charge) for private equity owned operators of children’s homes over the last three years was 1.07 times, compared to 9 times for non-PE owned providers. Excerpt of 36 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Competition and Markets Authority. ### Association of Physician Management Companies and Private Equity Investment With Commercial Health Care Prices Paid to Anesthesia Practitioners - Kind: Research paper - Date: April 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Ambar La Forgia and Amelia M Bond and Robert Tyler Braun and Leah Z Yao and Klaus Kjaer and Manyao Zhang and Lawrence P Casalino. JAMA Internal Medicine - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-association-of-physician-management-companies - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8886444/ Many American hospitals and surgery centres get their anaesthetists through management companies; half of those in this study were backed by private equity. Using claims from commercial insurers, the authors find prices rose after a hospital or surgery centre signed with such a company, and rose twice as much when the company was backed by private equity: 26.0% against 12.9%. It measures prices only, not patients’ outcomes. > In subsample analyses, PMCs without PE investment increased allowed amounts by 12.9% (+$89.88; 95% CI, $42.07 to $137.69; P < .001), while PE-backed PMCs (representing half of the PMCs in the sample) increased allowed amounts by 26.0% Excerpt of 37 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to JAMA Internal Medicine. ### Association Between Hospital Private Equity Acquisition and Outcomes of Acute Medical Conditions Among Medicare Beneficiaries - Kind: Research paper - Date: 29 April 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Marcelo Cerullo and Kelly Yang and Karen E. Joynt Maddox and Ryan C. McDevitt and James W. Roberts and Anaeze C. Offodile. JAMA Network Open - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-association-between-hospital-private-equity - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9055457/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250416010334/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9055457/ A large study that found little change. It follows 21 million older Americans admitted through emergency departments for heart attacks, strokes, heart failure, lung disease and pneumonia between 2001 and 2018, at hospitals that private equity did and did not buy. Outcomes mostly did not change; deaths after heart attacks fell more at private equity hospitals. > In this cross-sectional study using a difference-in-differences approach, PE acquisition had no substantial association with the patient-level outcomes examined, although it was associated with a moderate improvement in mortality among Medicare beneficiaries hospitalized with AMI. Excerpt of 35 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to JAMA Network Open. ### General Atlantic and Kedaara Capital Lead INR 1,500 Crore Investment in ASG Eye Hospitals - Kind: Press release - Date: 27 July 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By General Atlantic. General Atlantic - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-general-atlantic-and-kedaara-capital - Source: https://www.generalatlantic.com/media-article/general-atlantic-and-kedaara-capital-lead-inr-1500-crore-investment-in-asg-eye-hospitals/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251208185313/https://www.generalatlantic.com/media-article/general-atlantic-and-kedaara-capital-lead-inr-1500-crore-investment-in-asg-eye-hospitals/ The largest private equity deal in single-specialty care at the time: ₹1,500 crore from General Atlantic and Kedaara into ASG, an eye-hospital chain founded in Jodhpur in 2005. It gives Investcorp, which came in in 2017, a way out. ASG had doubled its hospitals in three years, and its backers spell out the roll-up plan in so many words: a pipeline of regional chains to buy. > With imminent plans to explore and build upon a high-quality M&A pipeline of regional players spanning key markets across India, we are excited to welcome and partner with two highly regarded and forward-thinking investors at this transformational inflection point in the history of ASG Eye Hospitals. Excerpt of 46 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to General Atlantic. ### KKR Sells 27% Stake Worth Rs 9,185 Crore In Max Healthcare Institute - Kind: Reporting - Date: 16 August 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Outlook Business. Outlook Business - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-kkr-sells-27-stake-worth - Source: https://www.outlookbusiness.com/news/kkr-sells-27-stake-worth-rs-9-185-crore-in-max-healthcare-institute-news-216822 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162742/https://www.outlookbusiness.com/news/kkr-sells-27-stake-worth-rs-9-185-crore-in-max-healthcare-institute-news-216822 How a private equity firm can leave a hospital chain once it is listed on the stock market: in blocks of shares sold to other investors. In 2018 Radiant Life Care, a hospital firm backed by KKR, announced a deal to take a majority of Max Healthcare. Here KKR sells 27% in a single day for ₹9,185 crore, to buyers that include the government of Singapore and several investment funds. Its stake had fallen from 47.24% in June 2021 to 27.54% in June 2022. > The US private equity major KKR on Tuesday sold 27 per cent stake in the hospital chain Max Healthcare Institute for Rs 9,185 crore through open market transactions. Excerpt of 28 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Outlook Business. ### Ontario Teachers' Announces Agreement to Acquire a Significant Majority Stake in Sahyadri Hospitals from the Everstone Group - Kind: Press release - Date: 16 August 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board. CNW Group - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-ontario-teachers-announces-agreement-to - Source: https://www.newswire.ca/news-releases/ontario-teachers-announces-agreement-to-acquire-a-significant-majority-stake-in-sahyadri-hospitals-from-the-everstone-group-815300612.html Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan agrees to buy a significant majority of Sahyadri Hospitals, which it calls the largest private hospital chain in Maharashtra, from the Everstone Group, which keeps a minority stake with the founders. Sahyadri then had eight hospitals with about 900 operating beds, concentrated around Pune. The pension fund calls it its first private equity buyout of control in India. The release also quotes thanks to Everstone for executing the playbook of consolidation and growth. > Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board (“Ontario Teachers’”), today announced an agreement to acquire a significant majority stake in Sahyadri Hospitals Group (“Sahyadri”), the largest private hospital chain in the state of Maharashtra, from the Everstone Group. Existing sponsor, Everstone Group, along with key management and founders will retain minority stakes in the company. Sahyadri has 8 hospitals with c. 900 operating beds and 300 critical-care beds. Excerpt of 66 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to CNW Group. ### Association of Private Equity Acquisition of Physician Practices With Changes in Health Care Spending and Utilization - Kind: Research paper - Date: September 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Yashaswini Singh and Zirui Song and Daniel Polsky and Joseph D Bruch and Jane M Zhu. JAMA Health Forum - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-association-of-private-equity-acquisition - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9440392/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001164223/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9440392/ What happened at 578 dermatology, gastroenterology and eye practices in America after private equity bought them, compared with 2,874 similar practices, over two years. Charges per claim rose 20.2% and what insurers paid rose 11.0%. The practices also saw 25.8% more patients and billed more visits as long ones. The patients were no sicker than before. The study uses commercial insurance claims only and measures no outcomes of care. > Compared with the 2874 control practices, the 578 PE-acquired physician practices exhibited an average increase of $71 (+20.2%) charged per claim (95% CI, 13.1%-27.3%; P < .001) and $23 (+11.0%) in the allowed amount per claim (95% CI, 5.6%-16.5%; P < .001). Excerpt of 42 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to JAMA Health Forum. ### Effects of chain ownership and private equity financing on quality in the English care home sector: retrospective observational study - Kind: Research paper - Date: December 2022 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Sharvari Patwardhan and Matthew Sutton and Marcello Morciano. Age and Ageing - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2022-effects-of-chain-ownership-and - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9792077/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250202093525/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9792077/ The inspection ratings of 10,803 English care homes for older people, by who owned them. Homes in private equity chains were 6.6 percentage points more likely than not-for-profit homes to be rated as needing improvement or inadequate. Independent for-profit homes did about as badly. The study takes a single moment and could not account for staffing or for how sick residents were, and its list of private equity chains came from a 2019 think tank report. > all three for-profit ownership types had lower average overall ratings than not-for-profit homes, especially independent (6.8% points (p.p.) more likely rated as ‘Requires Improvement/Inadequate’, 95% CI: 4.7–8.9) and private equity chains (6.6 p.p. more likely rated as ‘Requires Improvement/Inadequate’, 95% CI: 2.9–10.2). Excerpt of 42 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Age and Ageing. ### Private equity investment in Europe’s primary care sector—a call for research and policy action - Kind: Editorial - Date: 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Bernd Rechel and Florian Tille and Peter Groenewegen and Rob Timans and Giovanni Fattore and Katja Rohrer-Herold and Dheepa Rajan and Sophie Lopes. European Journal of Public Health - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-private-equity-investment-in-europes - Source: https://researchonline.lshtm.ac.uk/id/eprint/4675226/1/Rechel-etal-2023-Private-equity-investment-in-Europes-primary-care-sector.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251003154830/https://researchonline.lshtm.ac.uk/id/eprint/4675226/1/Rechel-etal-2023-Private-equity-investment-in-Europes-primary-care-sector.pdf Researchers at the European Observatory on Health Systems and Policies on private equity buying doctors’ and outpatient practices across Europe. In Germany, about 750 of 3,800 outpatient centres were estimated to be held by private equity funds in 2020, despite rules meant to stop it. A third of Sweden’s private for-profit primary care practices belong to international private equity firms. Robust data on who owns Germany’s centres, they write, do not exist. > In 2020, about 750 of overall 3800 ambulatory health care centres were estimated to be in the hands of private equity funds, despite regulations aimed at preventing this type of ownership. However, robust data on the ownership situation do not exist, as there are no legal requirements for disclosures and many investors are located in tax havens. Excerpt of 57 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to European Journal of Public Health. ### Manipal Health Enterprises announces agreement for Temasek to acquire 41% stake - Kind: Press release - Date: 10 April 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By TPG. TPG - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-manipal-health-enterprises-announces-agreement - Source: https://www.tpg.com/news-and-insights/manipal-health-enterprises-announces-agreement-temasek-acquire Eight years after TPG invested, Temasek, the Singapore investment company, agreed to buy a further 41% of Manipal, adding to the 18% it already held through Sheares Healthcare. TPG said its 2015 fund would fully exit while its newer fund would hold 11%, and the National Investment and Infrastructure Fund, which invested during the pandemic, would exit too. Manipal by then had 29 hospitals and more than 8,300 beds, after buying Columbia Asia’s Indian hospitals and Vikram Hospital in Bengaluru. > Following the closing of the transaction, Manipal Group will hold about 30% of MHE. Sheares Healthcare Group, a wholly-owned subsidiary and independently-managed portfolio company of Temasek, will retain its existing 18% stake. Leading global alternative asset management firm TPG, which first invested in MHE through TPG Asia VI in 2015, will fully exit, but it will hold an interest of 11% in MHE, through its new Asia fund - TPG Asia VIII. Excerpt of 72 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to TPG. ### Sick Development: How rich-country government and World Bank funding to for-profit private hospitals causes harm, and why it should be stopped - Kind: Reporting - Date: June 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Anna Marriott. Oxfam GB. Oxfam briefing paper - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-sick-development-how-rich-country - Source: https://www.medbox.org/index.php/dl/64d217a98dc672025f060eb6 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163240/https://www.medbox.org/index.php/dl/64d217a98dc672025f060eb6 Oxfam’s case against public development banks that fund private hospitals, including through private equity funds. In India it looked at CARE Hospitals, then held by an Abraaj fund later run by TPG, and Narayana Health. In five interviews in Chhattisgarh and Odisha, three patients said they were blocked from using their government health insurance cards altogether. The India evidence rests on five interviews. TPG and Narayana deny that their hospitals reject the cards. > Oxfam conducted five interviews with patients (and/or their relatives) with government health insurance cards who sought care at Narayana and CARE hospitals. Three of the patients, including Eva’s mother (see introduction), were blocked from using their cards altogether; one patient’s card was used only selectively; and the final patient did not know whether or not his card had been used at all due to a lack of transparency about his bill. Excerpt of 71 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Oxfam briefing paper. ### Monetizing Medicine: Private Equity and Competition in Physician Practice Markets - Kind: Reporting - Date: 10 July 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Richard M. Scheffler and Laura Alexander and Brent D. Fulton and Daniel R. Arnold and Ola A. Abdelhadi. American Antitrust Institute, Petris Center and Washington Center for Equitable Growth - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-monetizing-medicine-private-equity-and - Source: https://www.antitrustinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/AAI-UCB-EG_Private-Equity-I-Physician-Practice-Report_FINAL.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260923100018/https://www.antitrustinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/AAI-UCB-EG_Private-Equity-I-Physician-Practice-Report_FINAL.pdf How private equity bought up American doctors’ practices, and what happened to prices. Deals rose from 75 in 2012 to 484 in 2021. Using insurance claims, the authors compare practices bought by private equity with similar ones that were not: prices rose in eight of ten specialties, by 4% in primary care up to 16% in cancer care. Increases were larger where one firm held more than 30% of a local market. > In 8 of the 10 physician practice specialties we study, we find statistically significant price increases associated with PE’s acquisition of a practice. These price increases range from 16% in oncology to 4% in primary care and dermatology. Excerpt of 38 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to American Antitrust Institute, Petris Center and Washington Center for Equitable Growth. ### Evaluating trends in private equity ownership and impacts on health outcomes, costs, and quality: systematic review - Kind: Research paper - Date: 19 July 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Citation: BMJ 2023;382:e075244 - Credit: By Alexander Borsa and Geronimo Bejarano and Moriah Ellen and Joseph Dov Bruch. The BMJ - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-evaluating-trends-in-private-equity - Source: https://www.bmj.com/content/bmj/382/bmj-2023-075244.full.pdf The standard summary of the evidence: 55 studies from eight countries, 47 of them American. Across outcomes, private equity ownership was most consistently tied to higher costs for patients or insurers; nine of the 12 studies on costs found them higher, and none lower. Effects on quality were mixed to harmful. No study was judged at low risk of bias. The authors warn the findings may not carry to countries where the state pays for most care. > Across the outcome measures, PE ownership was most consistently associated with increases in costs to patients or payers. Additionally, PE ownership was associated with mixed to harmful impacts on quality. Excerpt of 30 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to The BMJ. ### BPEA EQT to acquire a majority stake in Indira IVF – India’s largest chain of fertility clinics - Kind: Press release - Date: 28 July 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By EQT. EQT - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-bpea-eqt-to-acquire-a - Source: https://eqtgroup.com/news/bpea-eqt-to-acquire-a-majority-stake-in-indira-ivf-indias-largest-chain-of-fertility-clinics-2023-07-28 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260616064042/https://eqtgroup.com/news/bpea-eqt-to-acquire-a-majority-stake-in-indira-ivf-indias-largest-chain-of-fertility-clinics-2023-07-28 EQT’s Asian private equity fund takes control of Indira IVF, India’s largest fertility chain, from TA Associates and the founding Murdia family, who keep a minority stake. Started as one clinic in Udaipur in 1988, the chain had 116 centres in 20 states and did about 40,000 IVF cycles a year. The fund says it will widen that footprint across India and into neighbouring countries. > EQT is pleased to announce that BPEA Private Equity Fund VIII (“BPEA EQT”) has agreed to acquire a control stake in Indira IVF (the “Company”), from TA Associates and the Company’s founders, Dr. Ajay Murdia, Dr. Kshitiz Murdia, and Dr. Nitiz Murdia, who will retain a significant minority stake and continue to lead the Company. Excerpt of 55 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to EQT. ### Owner Incentives and Performance in Healthcare: Private Equity Investment in Nursing Homes - Kind: Research paper - Date: August 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Atul Gupta and Sabrina T. Howell and Constantine Yannelis and Abhinav Gupta. NBER Working Paper 28474 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-owner-incentives-and-performance-in - Source: https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w28474/w28474.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260826090744/https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w28474/w28474.pdf A study of what private equity did to patients in American nursing homes. It follows about 4.2 million short-stay Medicare patients in American for-profit nursing homes, in data running from 2000 to 2017. After buyouts, homes took in healthier patients, so the authors use distance to compare patients who went to a private equity home only because it was nearer. On that comparison, deaths during the stay and the 90 days after rose 11%. Staff hours from nursing assistants fell 3%, and interest payments rose by over 200%. > We show that PE ownership leads to lower-risk patients and increases mortality. After instrumenting for the patient-nursing home match, we recover a local average treatment effect on mortality of 11%. Excerpt of 30 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to NBER Working Paper 28474. ### Blackstone to acquire CARE Hospitals and KIMSHEALTH creating largest healthcare platform - Kind: Press release - Date: 30 October 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Blackstone. Blackstone - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-blackstone-to-acquire-care-hospitals - Source: https://biospectrumindia.com/news/98/23772/blackstone-to-acquire-care-hospitals-and-kimshealth-creating-largest-healthcare-platform-.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251111053405/https://biospectrumindia.com/news/98/23772/blackstone-to-acquire-care-hospitals-and-kimshealth-creating-largest-healthcare-platform-.html CARE Hospitals has passed from one private equity fund to another. Here funds managed by Blackstone buy a majority of it from Evercare, a TPG platform, which keeps a significant minority stake, and CARE agrees to buy a majority of KIMSHEALTH, whose investor True North sells its entire stake. The release gives the combined size, more than 4,000 beds in 23 facilities, and quotes Blackstone’s aim to build a patient-centric hospital platform. > Private equity funds managed by Blackstone have acquired a majority shareholding in CARE Hospitals from Evercare, a platform of TPG RISE funds. In addition, CARE Hospitals has signed a definitive agreement to acquire a majority stake in KIMSHEALTH. Excerpt of 38 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Blackstone. ### Changes in Hospital Adverse Events and Patient Outcomes Associated With Private Equity Acquisition - Kind: Research paper - Date: 26 December 2023 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Sneha Kannan and Joseph Dov Bruch and Zirui Song. JAMA - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2023-changes-in-hospital-adverse-events - Source: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10751598/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260920075316/https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10751598/ A study of harm to patients in American hospitals. It compares 51 hospitals bought by private equity with 259 similar hospitals, before and after the purchase, using Medicare claims for all stays at those hospitals. Harm caused by the hospital stay itself, such as falls and infections from central lines, rose 25.4%. Deaths in hospital fell slightly, which the authors link to younger, healthier patients being admitted; 30 days after discharge there was no difference. > After private equity acquisition, Medicare beneficiaries admitted to private equity hospitals experienced a 25.4% increase in hospital-acquired conditions compared with those treated at control hospitals (4.6 [95% CI, 2.0-7.2] additional hospital-acquired conditions per 10 000 hospitalizations, P = .004). Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to JAMA. ### India’s Healthcare Industry Comes of Age - Kind: Reporting - Date: 3 January 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Homer Paneri and Vikram Kapur and Nirad Jain and Kara Murphy and Dmitry Podpolny and Franz-Robert Klingan and Alex Boulton. Bain & Company - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2024-indias-healthcare-industry-comes-of - Source: https://www.bain.com/insights/india-global-healthcare-private-equity-report-2024/ Bain & Company’s case for investing in Indian health care. Bain names the attractions: a middle class willing to pay for private care, insurance spreading, and hospitals that are fragmented and too few. It reports that more deals now buy control, as founders grow comfortable handing over the reins, and that investors earned generous returns on their exits. It closes that the risk-return profile is very favorable. > In 2023, India is expected to host 22 healthcare deals, a slight decline from the 26 in 2022. Deal value is expected to come in at $4.6 billion in 2023, just below the $4.7 billion in 2022, with India remaining the leader in deal value across the region. Excerpt of 48 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Bain & Company. ### Apollo 24|7 to raise INR 2,475 Crores from Advent International; Merge Keimed with Apollo 24|7 - Kind: Press release - Date: 26 April 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Advent International. Advent International - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2024-apollo-24-7-to-raise - Source: https://www.adventinternational.com/news/apollo-247-to-raise-inr-2475-crores-from-advent-international-merge-keimed-with-apollo-247/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163431/https://www.adventinternational.com/news/apollo-247-to-raise-inr-2475-crores-from-advent-international-merge-keimed-with-apollo-247/ Advent International agrees to put ₹2,475 crore into Apollo HealthCo, which runs the Apollo 24|7 online health business, for 12.1% once it merges with Keimed, a large wholesale medicine distributor. Apollo Hospitals keeps control. The deal joins the selling of medicines, wholesale and retail, online and in shops, in one company valued at ₹22,481 crore. > Advent shall invest in compulsory convertible instruments over 2 tranches to secure 12.1% stake in the merged entity, by valuing the combined entity at an enterprise value of INR 22,481 Crores. Excerpt of 31 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Advent International. ### KKR to Acquire Healthium from Apax Funds - Kind: Press release - Date: 6 May 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Apax Partners. Apax Partners - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2024-kkr-to-acquire-healthium-from - Source: https://www.apax.com/news-views/kkr-to-acquire-healthium-from-apax-funds/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260201071400/https://www.apax.com/news-views/kkr-to-acquire-healthium-from-apax-funds/ A secondary buyout, in which one private equity owner sells a company to another. Apax bought Healthium, an Indian maker of sutures and surgical products founded in 1992, in 2018 and here sells control to KKR. Apax credits itself with turning a domestic suture company into a global one, sold in more than 90 countries. KKR promises to grow it further by building and by buying. The price was not disclosed. > The Apax Funds acquired Healthium in 2018 and transformed the company from a domestic suture player into a global medical devices leader. Excerpt of 22 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Apax Partners. ### Trends in the financialisation of outpatient care - Kind: Reporting - Date: 7 November 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By OECD Health Committee. OECD Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2024-trends-in-the-financialisation-of - Source: https://p4h.world/app/uploads/2025/01/trends-financialisation-outpatient-care_dec-2024.x23411.pdf A survey of 20 OECD countries on investors buying clinics, laboratories, dental and eye practices. Half of 20 countries saw the trend as high or moderate. In France the share of laboratories owned by financial investors rose from 16% in 2010 to 78% in 2022. Only two of 20 countries could add up who owns their health practices. The evidence on what this does to quality, cost and access, it says, is scarce and mostly American. > In many cases, policymakers are flying blind when it comes to understanding the potential impacts of financialisation in their health systems. Across 20 surveyed countries, only two reported that data on healthcare practice ownership is collected and can be aggregated nationally. Excerpt of 41 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to OECD Directorate for Employment, Labour and Social Affairs. ### Aster DM and Blackstone-backed Quality Care to merge: Investor Presentation - Kind: Investor presentation - Date: 29 November 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Aster DM Healthcare Limited. Investor Presentation - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2024-aster-dm-and-blackstone-backed - Source: https://www.bseindia.com/xml-data/corpfiling/AttachHis/4c409a4d-d70f-4d17-b8eb-521f80192a0a.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251207012808/https://www.bseindia.com/xml-data/corpfiling/AttachHis/4c409a4d-d70f-4d17-b8eb-521f80192a0a.pdf How a private equity owner can stay in after a stock-market listing. Blackstone merges Quality Care into the listed Aster DM Healthcare, and with Aster’s founders jointly controls the merged company. The deck prices the two hospital businesses at 36.6 and 25.2 times a year’s operating profit. > Aster promoters, along with Blackstone, will hold equal representation on the board and jointly control the Merged Entity. Independent directors to have a 50% representation on the board of the Merged Entity Excerpt of 32 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Investor Presentation. ### Fortis Healthcare: disclosure on acquiring shares of Agilus Diagnostics from IFC - Kind: Stock exchange filing - Date: 20 December 2024 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Fortis Healthcare Limited. Disclosure under Regulation 30 of SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations 2015 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2024-fortis-healthcare-disclosure-on-acquiring - Source: https://nsearchives.nseindia.com/corporate/FORTIS_20122024203907_FHLSEintimationlatestsd.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163716/https://nsearchives.nseindia.com/corporate/FORTIS_20122024203907_FHLSEintimationlatestsd.pdf How investors left one of India’s largest diagnostic chains. Agilus ran 407 laboratories. Fortis Healthcare, of which Agilus is a subsidiary, agreed to buy 31.52% from its financial investors: the International Finance Corporation, the NYLIM Jacob Ballas India Fund and Resurgence PE Investments. This filing records the first tranche, IFC’s 7.61%, at ₹719.2 a share. > the Company on December 20, 2024 at 07:18 PM (IST) has acquired 5,970,149 equity shares as held by International Finance Corporation (“IFC”) (representing 7.61% equity stake) in Agilus Diagnostics Limited (a material subsidiary of the Company) from IFC. Excerpt of 38 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Disclosure under Regulation 30 of SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations 2015. ### Dr. Agarwal’s Health Care Limited: Abridged Prospectus - Kind: Prospectus - Date: January 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Dr. Agarwal’s Health Care Limited. Abridged Prospectus - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-dr-agarwals-health-care-limited - Source: https://investmentbank.kotak.com/downloads/agarwals-healthcare-limited-abridged-prospectus.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163402/https://investmentbank.kotak.com/kib-cms/sites/default/files/offer-documets/agarwals-healthcare-limited-abridged-prospectus_20250617_033837.pdf The eye-hospital chain’s summary for investors before its 2025 share sale, in which its investors sold part of their holdings. It shows how fast the chain grew: 209 facilities by September 2024 and about 25% of the market for eye-care chains. Up to 35% of the money raised was set aside for general purposes and acquisitions not yet identified. In every period it reports, about three in five rupees of revenue came from patients paying cash rather than through insurance. > Market Share: According to the CRISIL MI&A Report, we had a market share of approximately 25% of the total eye care service chain market in India during the Financial Year 2024. Excerpt of 31 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Abridged Prospectus. ### Profits Over Patients: The Harmful Effects of Private Equity on the U.S. Health Care System - Kind: Reporting - Date: January 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Senate Budget Committee. United States Senate Committee on the Budget, bipartisan staff report - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-profits-over-patients-the-harmful - Source: https://web.archive.org/web/20250108115957/https://www.budget.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/profits_over_patients_the_harmful_effects_of_private_equity_on_the_ushealthcaresystem1.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001164105/https://www.budget.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/profits_over_patients_the_harmful_effects_of_private_equity_on_the_ushealthcaresystem1.pdf An American Senate committee’s bipartisan staff report of two private equity hospital owners, based in part on more than a million pages of documents. At Prospect Medical, the fund Leonard Green took $424 million of $645 million paid out in dividends and preferred stock redemptions and left the company in severe financial distress. It also summarises the research: in the first three years, private equity hospitals showed lower quality, fewer staff and higher prices. > Recent peer-reviewed studies have generally found negative consequences for general acute care hospitals during the first three years of PE ownership as compared to non-PE-owned hospitals, including lower quality of care, increased transfers to other hospitals, decreased staffing, and higher prices. Excerpt of 41 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to United States Senate Committee on the Budget, bipartisan staff report. ### Private Equity in the Hospital Industry - Kind: Research paper - Date: 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Citation: Working Paper N° 787/2021 - Credit: By Janet Gao and Yong Seok Kim and Merih Sevilir. ECGI Working Paper Series in Finance - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-private-equity-in-the-hospital - Source: https://www.ecgi.global/sites/default/files/2026-09/fin-787-2021_private_equity_in_the_hospital_industry_0.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001164043/https://www.ecgi.global/sites/default/files/2026-09/fin-787-2021_private_equity_in_the_hospital_industry_0.pdf A study that found private equity did American hospitals no clear harm, in its May 2025 version. Comparing hospitals bought by private equity with similar ones bought by others, the authors find the targets survived as often, and cut jobs, mostly administrative ones, and wages. Using insurance claims, they find no significant change in inpatient prices or in patients, and no rise in deaths or readmissions, though patient satisfaction fell. > Using proprietary insurance claims data, we find no significant changes in patient demographics or inpatient prices at PE-acquired hospitals. While patient satisfaction declines, there is no evidence of increased patient mortality or readmission rates at PE-acquired hospitals. Excerpt of 37 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ECGI Working Paper Series in Finance. ### Vitals for growth: Decoding healthcare financing and funding in India - Kind: Reporting - Date: 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Grant Thornton Bharat. Grant Thornton Bharat - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-vitals-for-growth-decoding-healthcare - Source: https://www.grantthornton.in/insights/thought-leadership/vitals-for-growth-decoding-healthcare-financing-and-funding-in-india/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163211/https://www.grantthornton.in/insights/thought-leadership/vitals-for-growth-decoding-healthcare-financing-and-funding-in-india/ A summary of a report by Grant Thornton Bharat with the Association of Healthcare Providers India. It counts the money: 594 deals worth more than US$30 billion in healthcare and pharmaceuticals from 2022 to 2024, mergers, acquisitions and private equity deals together, with hospitals taking about 40% of the value. It also tells hospital owners what investors expect: returns of 20 to 30% a year on equity and prices of 20 to 30 times operating profit. > Between 2022 and 2024, healthcare and pharma recorded 594 major deals worth over USD 30 billion, with hospitals accounting for 40% of total deal value, signaling strong investor confidence. Investors are valuing hospitals at 20x to 30x EBITDA, with higher valuations for those improving operational efficiencies, expanding specialised services, and achieving strong patient volume growth. Excerpt of 55 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Grant Thornton Bharat. ### Private Equity and Venture Capital Trendbook 2025 - Kind: Data - Date: February 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By EY. EY and IVCA - Figure: 39% of private equity and venture investment in Indian healthcare went to hospitals and clinics, 2024 Source: EY–IVCA Trendbook 2025 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-private-equity-and-venture-capital - Source: https://www.ey.com/content/dam/ey-unified-site/ey-com/en-in/insights/private-equity/documents/ey-private-equity-and-venture-capital-trendbook-2025-v1.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20251109110649/https://www.ey.com/content/dam/ey-unified-site/ey-com/en-in/insights/private-equity/documents/ey-private-equity-and-venture-capital-trendbook-2025-v1.pdf The yearly tally of private equity and venture deals by the accounting firm EY and the industry association IVCA, from VCCEdge deal data. It shows 2023 as the peak for India’s life sciences, US$6.2 billion across 79 deals, and 2024 down 31%. In 2024 hospitals and clinics took 39% of healthcare investment. This record charts the healthcare line from this and the other editions. > Healthcare investments were primarily directed towards hospitals, clinics and medical devices, which collectively accounted for 76% of overall investments (39% by hospitals / clinics and 38% by medical devices), whereas formulations accounted for 89% of pharmaceuticals investments. Excerpt of 37 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to EY and IVCA. ### Private hospitals to add ~10,000 beds over this fiscal and next - Kind: Press release - Date: February 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Crisil Ratings. Crisil Ratings - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-private-hospitals-to-add-10000 - Source: https://www.crisilratings.com/en/home/newsroom/press-releases/2025/02/private-hospitals-to-add-10000-beds-over-this-fiscal-and-next.html - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20250405035513/https://www.crisilratings.com/en/home/newsroom/press-releases/2025/02/private-hospitals-to-add-10000-beds-over-this-fiscal-and-next.html A credit rating agency’s view of why money flows to private hospitals, from its study of 91 of them. Revenue grew about 18% a year from 2019–20 to 2023–24 with healthy profit margins, and India has few beds for its population. That combination, it says, drew ₹55,000 to 60,000 crore from private equity and share sales since 2021–22, which in turn paid for new beds. > Their strong performance and the relatively low bed capacity per person in India vis-a-vis developed and developing nations has spurred substantial investments through private equity and initial public offerings (IPOs). This has strengthened balance sheets and enabled hospitals to pursue ambitious bed additions without materially impacting their credit profiles. Excerpt of 49 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Crisil Ratings. ### CVC agrees the sale of up to 54% stake in Healthcare Global Enterprises for up to US$400m - Kind: Press release - Date: 24 February 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By CVC. CVC - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-cvc-agrees-the-sale-of - Source: https://cvc.com/media/news/2025/cvc-agrees-the-sale-of-up-to-54-stake-in-healthcare-global-enterprises-for-up-to-us-400m Another handover from one fund to the next. CVC, which took control of HCG, a cancer hospital chain founded in 1989, in 2020, sells up to 54% to KKR at ₹445 a share. HCG then had 25 centres in 19 cities and 2,500 beds. CVC lists what its ownership did: a transformational value creation program to raise revenue, improve key performance indicators and buy other hospitals. The founder becomes non-executive chairman. > Since CVC Asia V invested in 2020, CVC’s India team have worked closely with HCG on a transformational value creation program to drive revenue growth through and beyond COVID, improve key performance indicators, source and execute acquisitions and digital transformation, whilst ensuring continuous improvement in patient care and clinical outcomes. Excerpt of 50 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to CVC. ### Financialisation and the Reshaping of Private Healthcare: A Case Study in India - Kind: Research paper - Date: May 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Citation: https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9566.70041 - Credit: By Benjamin M. Hunter and Indira Chakravarthi and Shweta Marathe and Susan F. Murray. Sociology of Health & Illness, volume 47 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-financialisation-and-the-reshaping-of - Source: https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9566.70041 A study of how private equity works inside Indian hospitals, from interviews in Maharashtra that include private equity investors themselves. They describe a cycle of three to seven years: grow the chain fast, often by buying smaller hospitals in debt, then sell to the next investor at a higher value. One investor said almost every corporate chain had taken private equity money. The study is qualitative. It measures no prices or patient outcomes, and does not claim to. > Typically, there will be a 3–7‐year investment cycle during which the number of facilities in a chain can be increased, with potential for a doubling or tripling of the number of facilities. With this, equity can be sold to new investors at a substantially increased value. Excerpt of 46 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Sociology of Health & Illness, volume 47. ### Ontario Teachers’ announces sale of Sahyadri Hospitals - Kind: Press release - Date: 9 July 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan. Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-ontario-teachers-announces-sale-of - Source: https://www.otpp.com/en-ca/about-us/news-and-insights/2025/ontario-teachers-announces-sale-of-sahyadri-hospitals/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162813/https://www.otpp.com/en-ca/about-us/news-and-insights/2025/ontario-teachers-announces-sale-of-sahyadri-hospitals/ Three years after acquiring a majority of Sahyadri, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan agrees to sell its stake to Manipal Hospitals, which is backed by Temasek. By then the chain had 11 hospitals and more than 1,400 beds in Pune, Nashik, Ahilyanagar and Karad, grown by building and by buying. An Ontario Teachers’ director describes the partnership as focused on unlocking long-term value. The sale awaited regulatory approval. > Ontario Teachers’ acquired a majority stake in Sahyadri in 2022 and, since then, has supported its growth into one of India’s leading regional healthcare platforms. Today, Sahyadri is one of Maharashtra’s largest hospital chains, with 11 hospitals and over 1,400 beds, delivering best-in-class healthcare to millions across the region. Excerpt of 49 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan. ### Indira IVF Hospital Limited: Rating reaffirmed and assigned for enhanced amount - Kind: Rating - Date: 24 September 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By ICRA. ICRA rating rationale - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-indira-ivf-hospital-limited-rating - Source: https://www.icra.in/Rating/GetRationalReportFilePdf?id=137938 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163350/https://www.icra.in/Rating/GetRationalReportFilePdf?id=137938 In 2025 a rating agency’s note shows where Indira IVF’s growth came from; the chain had grown to 186 centres by July 2025. IVF cycles barely moved, 42,622 against 42,484, but revenue rose 8.7% because the average price per cycle went up to about ₹3.7 lakh from ₹3.5 lakh. When a 2021 law raised the cost of donors, the company passed the increase on to patients. Its operating margin was 33.4%. The ₹1,150 crore borrowed to buy out earlier shareholders was moved onto the company’s own books. > While the number of IVF cycles stagnated in FY2025 at 42,622 compared to 42,484 in FY2024 (a YoY growth of 0.3%), the company’s revenue rose by 8.7% to 1,604.5 crore in FY2025, majorly supported by improvement in realisation per cycle to around Rs. 3.7 lakh in FY2025 from Rs. 3.5 lakh in FY2024 (a YoY growth of 7.2%). Excerpt of 58 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ICRA rating rationale. ### Nephrocare Health Services Limited: Basis of Allotment - Kind: Prospectus notice - Date: 16 December 2025 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Nephrocare Health Services Limited. Public announcement filed with NSE - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2025-nephrocare-health-services-limited-basis - Source: https://nsearchives.nseindia.com/corporate/ADV_INE428V01029_16DEC2025.pdf NephroPlus, a dialysis chain, was due to start trading on the stock exchanges on or about 17 December 2025; its promoters include Investcorp private equity funds and Bessemer Venture Partners. In September 2025 it ran 519 dialysis clinics, 180 of them under public-private partnership contracts with government agencies. Its own list of risks gives its staff turnover: the share of its nephrologists and duty doctors who left in a year was 61.23% and 53.05% in the two years before the listing. > Further the attrition rate of our nephrologists, including doctors, physicians on duty and medical directors, was 27.68%, 53.05%, 61.23% and 29.39% in the six months period ended September 30, 2025 and Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Excerpt of 37 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Public announcement filed with NSE. ### National Family Health Survey (NFHS-6), 2023-24: India and State/UT Fact Sheets - Kind: Data - Date: 2026 - Added: 2 October 2026 - Credit: By International Institute for Population Sciences. International Institute for Population Sciences. National Family Health Survey (NFHS-6) - Figure: 60.2% of households had a member covered by a health insurance or financing scheme, 2023-24 (41.0% in 2019-21) Source: NFHS-6 India fact sheet, indicator 7 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-national-family-health-survey-nfhs - Source: https://www.nfhsiips.in/nfhsuser/assets/National%20Family%20Health%20Survey%20(NFHS-6)%202023-2024%20Fact%20Sheets.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260925073541/https://www.nfhsiips.in/nfhsuser/assets/National%20Family%20Health%20Survey%20(NFHS-6)%202023-2024%20Fact%20Sheets.pdf The sixth national family health survey, which reached 679,238 households. Households with someone covered by a health insurance or financing scheme rose to 60.2% from 41.0% in the round before, 2019–21. Births in private health facilities were far more often by caesarean section: 54.1%, against 16.9% in public facilities, both up from 47.4% and 14.3%. The fact sheets sort facilities only as public or private. > The National Family Health Survey 2023–24 (NFHS-6), the sixth in the NFHS series, provides information on population, health, and nutrition for India and each State/Union Territory (UT) except Manipur. Excerpt of 29 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to National Family Health Survey (NFHS-6). ### Healthy occupancy, rising realisations to drive 14-15% growth in private hospitals - Kind: Press release - Date: February 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Crisil Ratings. Crisil Ratings - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-healthy-occupancy-rising-realisations-to - Source: https://www.crisilratings.com/en/home/newsroom/press-releases/2026/02/healthy-occupancy-rising-realisations-to-drive-14-15-percent-growth-in-private-hospitals.html Where hospital earnings grow, according to a study of 98 private hospitals with nearly two-thirds of the sector’s revenue. Revenue per occupied bed, the average a hospital earns from a bed each day, is set to rise 5 to 7%, as the mix shifts to complex treatments in cardiology, oncology and the like and more patients come with insurance. Large chains spent about ₹11,000 crore buying 4,300 beds in three years, paying about 2.2 times what building them would cost. > Alongside this shift in expansion strategy, large private hospital players have undertaken acquisitions worth ~Rs 11,000 crore over fiscal 2024-2026, adding ~4,300 beds. This implies a ~2.2 times valuation premium3 paid for acquiring operational assets upfront. Excerpt of 36 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Crisil Ratings. ### Indian Hospital Sector: Private sector investments driving capacity growth; outlay of Rs. 40,000 crore seen over FY2026 to FY2030 towards 34,000+ bed additions - Kind: Research summary - Date: February 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By ICRA. ICRA research - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-indian-hospital-sector-private-sector - Source: https://www.icra.in/Rating/DownloadResearchSummaryReport?id=6779 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163106/https://www.icra.in/Rating/DownloadResearchSummaryReport?id=6779 A useful check on scale. Private hospitals hold 59 to 60% of India’s hospital beds, ICRA says, because public spending on health is only 3 to 3.5% of GDP. Its 18 large chains plan more than 34,000 new beds by 2030, half again what they have, yet that adds only 2.3 to 2.5% to all private beds. Against all private beds, even the biggest chains’ plans are small. > Cumulatively, ICRA’s sample set of 18 large hospital chains is expected to add over 34,000 beds during FY2026–FY2030, translating to a cumulative 48-50% addition over their existing capacity as on March 31, 2025. However, this translates to about a 2.3-2.5% addition to the existing total private hospital bed capacity in India. Excerpt of 51 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ICRA research. ### Quality Care India Limited: Rating assigned and Placed on Rating Watch with Positive Implications - Kind: Rating - Date: 16 March 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By ICRA. ICRA rating rationale - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-quality-care-india-limited-rating - Source: https://www.icra.in/Rating/GetRationalReportFilePdf?id=141615 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162732/https://www.icra.in/Rating/GetRationalReportFilePdf?id=141615 A credit rating agency’s report on Quality Care India, the Blackstone-controlled company that runs CARE Hospitals and KIMS Health, and its plain account of where the money comes from. Occupancy rose to 64% from 59%, revenue per occupied bed grew 5 to 6% a year, and the operating margin climbed to 20.2%, which ICRA credits partly to a better case mix and revised tariffs. Some new beds and stake purchases are funded with debt. Among the risks it lists: restrictive government pricing of treatments and medicines. > In October 2023, Blackstone Inc. acquired majority stake of 71.8% in the company. Subsequently, QCIL acquired majority stake in Kims Healthcare Management Limited (KHML /KIMS Health) and STS Holdings Limited and STS Hospital Chittagong Limited (Evercare hospitals) in October 2023, which led to bed addition of around 1,800. These acquisitions were largely funded through equity infusion from Blackstone Inc and TPG Rise Fund (TPG). Excerpt of 64 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to ICRA rating rationale. ### Manipal Health Enterprises Limited: Draft Abridged Prospectus - Kind: Prospectus - Date: 23 March 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Manipal Health Enterprises Limited. Draft Abridged Prospectus - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-manipal-health-enterprises-limited-draft - Source: https://investmentbank.kotak.com//kib-cms/sites/default/files/offer-documets/Manipal%20Health%20Enterprises%20Ltd%20Draft%20Abridged%20Prospectus.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001162718/https://investmentbank.kotak.com//kib-cms/sites/default/files/offer-documets/Manipal%20Health%20Enterprises%20Ltd%20Draft%20Abridged%20Prospectus.pdf The summary of Manipal’s draft prospectus of 23 March 2026, for its proposed share sale to the public. It describes the largest pan-India multi-specialty network by beds: 48 hospitals and 12,367 licensed beds in 14 states and union territories in September 2025. Its promoters include three Singapore companies beside Ranjan Pai and the Manipal group. Imperius Healthcare Investments, a promoter, had paid ₹68.73 a share on average, and TPG’s company ₹265.23. > We are the largest pan-India multispecialty hospital network by bed capacity as of September 30, 2025 (Source: CRISIL Report). We focus on tertiary and quaternary care, particularly cardiac sciences, oncology, neurosciences, gastro sciences, orthopedics, and renal sciences Excerpt of 37 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Draft Abridged Prospectus. ### National Health Accounts Estimates for India 2022-23 - Kind: Data - Date: May 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By National Health Accounts Technical Secretariat, National Health Systems Resource Centre. Ministry of Health & Family Welfare - Figure: 43.41% of India’s health spending paid by households out of pocket, 2022-23 Source: National Health Accounts Estimates for India 2022-23 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-national-health-accounts-estimates-for - Source: https://nhsrcindia.org/sites/default/files/2026-05/NHA%202022-23%20Report.pdf The government’s count of who pays for health care in India. In 2022–23 households paid 43.41% of all health spending out of their own pockets, ₹3,82,629 crore. Private health insurance paid 9.19%. Of the money spent on care, 30.83% went to private hospitals, close to twice the 16.73% spent in government hospitals. Households’ out-of-pocket spending was 49.90% of current health spending. > Households’ Out-of-pocket expenditure on health (OOPE) is Rs 3,82,629 crores (43.41% of THE, 1.47% of GDP3, Rs 2,767 per capita). Private Health Insurance expenditure is Rs 81,012 crores (9.19% of THE). Excerpt of 31 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Ministry of Health & Family Welfare. ### Private Equity’s Growing Presence in Health Care—Promise or Peril?: A Healthy Dialogue With Sneha Kannan - Kind: Podcast - Date: 3 June 2026 - Added: 2 October 2026 - Citation: doi:10.1001/jama.2026.8432 - Credit: By Derek C. Angus and Matthew B. O’Connor. JAMA - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-private-equitys-growing-presence-in - Source: https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jama/fullarticle/2849854 JAMA’s summary of a podcast in which Derek Angus talks to Sneha Kannan, a critical care physician at the University of Pittsburgh. It puts private equity’s share at almost 10% of American hospitals, and calls the research mixed and often troubling: staffing cuts, price rises, worries over quality and falling satisfaction, with a few neutral results. It explains the split of a hospital into a property company and an operating company, and notes that funds sell within three to ten years. JAMA says GPT-4.1 drafted the text, which Angus reviewed. > Although PE promises new management strategies and potential operational improvements, current research paints a mixed and often troubling picture. Peer-reviewed studies have identified several key trends, including staffing cuts, price hikes, quality concerns, and declining patient and caregiver satisfaction. Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to JAMA. ### Financialization of Healthcare sector in India: Emerging Trends in Private Investment and Profits in Healthcare services - Kind: Research paper - Date: 24 June 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Satyaki Roy and Sonia Sebastian and Indranil Mukhopadhyay. O.P. Jindal Global University working paper - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-financialization-of-healthcare-sector-in - Source: https://doi.org/10.54945/preserve.75 - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163835/https://preserve.jgu.edu.in/index.php/preserve/preprint/view/75/version/82 An Indian count of the money, from deal records and the accounts of 274 corporate hospitals between 2000 and 2024. From April 2020 to March 2024, 38 private equity and venture deals put US$5,378.65 million into hospitals, and the average deal was four times the size of those before Covid. Fifteen big hospital companies took 56.3% of the profits. The authors read profits outpacing sales as possible signs of market power, while noting another explanation: a shift to costlier treatments. > Growth of profit can be higher than the growth of sales if the companies are able to increase their mark-ups due to monopoly power in the market or being more focussed to high valued services that fetch higher returns. Excerpt of 39 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to O.P. Jindal Global University working paper. ### Who owns your hospitals? Private equity’s growing grip on Kerala’s healthcare - Kind: Reporting - Date: 4 July 2026 - Added: 2 October 2026 - Credit: By Jisha Surya. Newslaundry - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-who-owns-your-hospitals-private - Source: https://www.newslaundry.com/2026/07/04/who-owns-your-hospitals-private-equitys-growing-grip-on-keralas-healthcare - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20260709134308/https://www.newslaundry.com/2026/07/04/who-owns-your-hospitals-private-equitys-growing-grip-on-keralas-healthcare Kerala, where 65 to 70% of people rely on private hospitals, has become a favourite of private equity, with more than ₹20,000 crore reportedly invested in five years. The report opens with Chazhikattu Hospital in Thodupuzha, run by one family for 91 years and bought in October 2024 by Baby Memorial Hospital of Kozhikode, months after KKR took control of Baby Memorial. It sets this against Kerala’s health spending: households there spend ₹8,388 a year on health, three times the Indian average of ₹2,767. Only the opening is free to read. > BMH acquired Chazhikattu for an undisclosed amount in October 2024, just months after the US-based private equity firm Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co (KKR) acquired a controlling stake in BMH. Chazhikattu, now rebranded as Baby Memorial Hospital, serves as one of BMH’s satellite hospitals, with a focus on orthopedic surgery. Excerpt of 50 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Newslaundry. ### Aster DM Quality Care Limited: Earnings Presentation Q1 FY27 - Kind: Investor presentation - Date: 5 August 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Aster DM Quality Care Limited. Earnings Presentation Q1 FY27 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-aster-dm-quality-care-limited - Source: https://nsearchives.nseindia.com/corporate/ASTERDM2_05082026173402_Investor_Presentation_Intimation_-_Final-s.pdf - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261001163636/https://nsearchives.nseindia.com/corporate/ASTERDM2_05082026173402_Investor_Presentation_Intimation_-_Final-s.pdf The merged company’s results presentation records that the merger of Aster DM Healthcare and Blackstone’s Quality Care took effect on 1 July 2026. It gives the combined chain’s size as 10,898 capacity beds and calls it one of the top three hospital chains in India, strongest in the south and centre of the country. > Merger became effective on July 1, 2026 forming Aster DM Quality Care Limited Excerpt of 13 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Earnings Presentation Q1 FY27. ### How India's private hospitals are expanding in different forms - Kind: Reporting - Date: 17 August 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Credit: By Neetu Chandra Sharma. Business Today - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-how-indias-private-hospitals-are - Source: https://www.businesstoday.in/magazine/cover-story/story/how-indias-private-hospitals-are-expanding-in-different-forms-549606-2026-08-17 A full account of the boom as it stood in August 2026. Manipal had just opened its ₹9,275 crore share sale, and its shares opened 11% above the issue price. Chains are adding beds and buying regional rivals, insurance is bringing in patients, and investors have paid for much of it. The article lists the funds behind at least nine changes of ownership since 2021, and sets the boom against medical inflation of 12 to 14% a year. Evidence of better clinical care, it notes, remains limited. > Since 2021, at least nine major deals involving Temasek, Blackstone, KKR, General Atlantic, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan and Barings have changed the ownership of prominent hospital chains, including Manipal Hospitals, CARE Hospitals, KIMSHEALTH, Sahyadri Hospitals, HealthCare Global (HCG), Ujala Cygnus, Indira IVF and Medicover Hospitals India. Excerpt of 46 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Business Today. ### Healthcare, bought and sold - Kind: Book review - Date: 24 August 2026 - Added: 2 October 2026 - Credit: By Abantika Ghosh. Frontline - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-healthcare-bought-and-sold - Source: https://frontline.thehindu.com/books/silent-syndicate-ameer-shahul-private-equity-healthcare-india/article71340692.ece/amp/ - Archived: https://web.archive.org/web/20261002005006/https://frontline.thehindu.com/books/silent-syndicate-ameer-shahul-private-equity-healthcare-india/article71340692.ece/amp/ Abantika Ghosh, a journalist who has written her own book on hospital costs, reviews Ameer Shahul’s The Silent Syndicate: How Big Finance Is Destroying India’s Healthcare (Hachette India). Shahul traces how funds such as Blackstone, KKR, Carlyle and Temasek came to own Indian hospitals, pharmacies and laboratories, and how measures such as EBITDA and revenue per occupied bed displaced patient outcomes in the way these businesses are run. Ghosh praises the money trail but finds the effects on patients more implied than shown, except in the chapters on insurance and patents. > While the book is a stunning piece of investigative and economic journalism, tracing the “money trail” with unerring, unstinted accuracy, the implications for patients are more implied than stated, except in the last two sections, on insurance and patent policies, where stories of real patients lend a human face to the narrative. Excerpt of 52 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Frontline. ### A quiet gap: why private equity in primary care remains under-researched in the global south, and why that matters - Kind: Opinion - Date: 30 September 2026 - Added: 1 October 2026 - Citation: doi: 10.3389/fpubh.2026.1953760 - Credit: By Marc Kitten and Chiara Berardi. Frontiers in Public Health, volume 14 - Anchor: /long-view/6-private-equity-hospitals-india/#e-2026-a-quiet-gap-why-private - Source: https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1953760 This opinion piece from University College London describes a gap in research. Of about 232 articles on private equity in health care indexed by the medical database PubMed since 2000, 84% are about the United States and only three are about the Global South, none of them about India. The authors argue that governments paying private equity-owned providers should ask about ownership, debt and exit, not only services and volumes. > Of approximately 232 articles on PE in health care indexed in PubMed since 2000, 84% concern the United States, 7% Europe, and only 3 address Global South settings Excerpt of 28 words, quoted for review under section 52 of the Copyright Act, 1957. The report belongs to Frontiers in Public Health, volume 14. --- Life in India keeps this Long View at the URL above. Entries are other people’s work, credited in full and linked first. Licence: our notes, "Where things stand" and the record as data are CC BY 4.0 (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/); credit "Life in India" with a link. Quotations belong to their authors and publishers. See /licence/. ---